sv4
As filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on June 30, 2010
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING,
INC.*
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
3640
|
|
58-2633371
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
Acuity Brands Lighting,
Inc.
One Lithonia Way
Conyers, Georgia 30012
(770) 922-9000
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Richard K. Reece
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Acuity Brands, Inc.
1170 Peachtree Street, N.E.,
Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(404) 853-1400
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
Keith M. Townsend
King & Spalding
LLP
1180 Peachtree Street
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(404) 572-4600
|
|
|
*
|
|
The companies listed on the next
page are also included in this
Form S-4
Registration Statement as additional Registrants.
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to
public: As soon as possible after this
Registration Statement is declared effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being
offered in connection with the formation of a holding company
and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting
company)
|
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the
appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this
transaction:
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender
Offer)
o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender
Offer)
o
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
Price per Note
|
|
|
Offering Price
|
|
|
Fee
|
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
|
|
|
$350,000,000
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
$350,000,000(1)
|
|
|
$24,955
|
Guarantees of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The registration fee has been
calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. The proposed maximum offering price is
estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee.
|
(2)
|
|
Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the
Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is required for the
guarantees.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement
shall become effective on such date as the Securities and
Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
IRS Employer
|
Exact Name of Additional Registrants*
|
|
Formation
|
|
Identification No.
|
|
Acuity Brands, Inc.
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
58-2632672
|
|
ABL IP Holding LLC
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
|
|
58-2632672
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
The address for each of the
additional Registrants is
c/o. The
primary standard industrial classification number for each of
the additional Registrants is 3640.
|
Acuity Brands Lighting,
Inc.
Offer to Exchange
Up to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(which we refer to as the new notes)
and the guarantees thereof which have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for $350,000,000 of our outstanding
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(which we refer to as the old notes
and, together with the new notes, as the notes)
and the guarantees thereof
The New
Notes:
The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the
old notes, except that some of the transfer restrictions,
registration rights and additional interest provisions relating
to the old notes will not apply to the new notes.
|
|
|
|
|
Maturity: The new notes will mature on
December 15, 2019.
|
|
|
|
Interest: The new notes will bear interest at
a rate of 6.00% per annum. Interest on the new notes will be
payable
semi-annually
in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing
June 15, 2010.
|
|
|
|
Guarantees: The new notes will be guaranteed,
fully and unconditionally, on a senior unsecured basis, by
Acuity Brands, Inc., the parent corporation of Acuity Brands
Lighting, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary
of Acuity Brands, Inc.
|
|
|
|
Ranking: The new notes and the guarantees will
be senior unsecured obligations of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
and the guarantors and will effectively rank junior to any
existing and future secured indebtedness of Acuity Brands
Lighting, Inc. and the guarantors and any indebtedness of Acuity
Brands, Inc.s subsidiaries (other than Acuity Brands
Lighting, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC).
|
|
|
|
Optional Redemption: We may redeem the new
notes in whole or in part at any time and from time to time at
the redemption prices. The redemption prices are set forth under
Description of the Notes Optional
Redemption.
|
|
|
|
The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or
automated quotation system.
|
The
Exchange Offer:
|
|
|
|
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2010 (which is the
20th business
day following the date of this prospectus), unless we extend the
exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.
|
|
|
|
The exchange offer is not subject to any conditions other than
that it not violate applicable law or any applicable
interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or the SEC.
|
|
|
|
Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions,
we will exchange the new notes for all old notes that are
validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of
the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time before the
expiration of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
|
The exchange offer involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 8.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed upon adequacy or accuracy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires,
references in this prospectus to Acuity,
we, us and our refer,
collectively, to Acuity Brands, Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries, including Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., its
principal operating subsidiary, and ABL IP Holding LLC;
Acuity Parent refers only to Acuity Brands, Inc. and
not to any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; ABL IP
Holding refers only to ABL IP Holding LLC; the
Guarantors refers, collectively, to Acuity Brands,
Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC; and the Company refers
only to Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. and not to its parent or
subsidiaries or affiliates.
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where
such old notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 135 days
after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this
prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale. See Plan of Distribution.
This prospectus incorporates important business and financial
information about the Company that is not included or delivered
with this prospectus. We will provide without charge, upon
written or oral request, to each person, including any
beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered, a copy
of all documents referred to below which have been or may be
incorporated by reference into this prospectus excluding
exhibits to those documents unless they are specifically
incorporated by reference into those documents.
In order to obtain timely delivery, you must request the
information no later
than ,
2010, which is five business days before the expiration date of
the exchange offer. Any such request should be directed to us
at:
Corporate Secretary
Acuity Brands Inc.
1170 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
(404) 853-1400
Forward-Looking
Statements
This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference
herein contain forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the federal securities laws. Statements made herein
that may be considered
forward-looking
include statements incorporating terms such as
expects, believes, intends,
anticipates and similar terms that relate to future
events, performance, or results of Acuity. In addition, Acuity,
or the executive officers on Acuitys behalf, may from time
to time make forward-looking statements in reports and other
documents Acuity files with the SEC or in connection with oral
statements made to the press, potential investors or others. You
are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus.
Except as required by law, Acuity undertakes no obligation to
publicly update or release any revisions to these
forward-looking statements to reflect any events or
circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect
the occurrence of unanticipated events.
Acuitys forward-looking statements are subject to certain
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to
differ materially from the historical experience of
Acuitys and managements present expectations or
projections. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not
limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
customer and supplier relationships and prices;
|
|
|
|
competition;
|
|
|
|
ability to realize anticipated benefits from initiatives taken
and timing of benefits;
|
|
|
|
market demand;
|
|
|
|
litigation and other contingent liabilities; and
|
|
|
|
economic, political, governmental, and technological factors
affecting Acuity.
|
Additional risks that could cause Acuitys actual results
to differ materially from those expressed in Acuitys
forward-looking statements are discussed in Part I,
Item 1a. Risk Factors of Acuitys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, which has been
incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
ii
Summary
This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the
information that you should consider before investing in the
notes. You should read this entire prospectus, including
Risk Factors, and the documents incorporated by
reference herein, including our consolidated financial
statements and related notes.
Acuity
Brands, Inc.
We are one of the worlds leading providers of lighting
fixtures and lighting controls for new construction, renovation,
and facility maintenance applications. Products include a full
range of indoor and outdoor lighting for commercial and
institutional, industrial, infrastructure, and residential
applications. We manufacture or procure lighting products
predominantly in the United States, Mexico, Europe, and China.
These products and related services are marketed under numerous
brand names, including Lithonia
Lighting®,
Holophane®,
Peerless®,
Mark Architectural
Lightingtm,
Hydrel®,
American Electric
Lighting®,
Gotham®,
Carandini®,
Metal
Optics®,
Antique Street
Lampstm,
Tersentm,
Synergy®
Lighting Controls, Lighting Control &
Designtm,
Sensor
Switch®,
Dark to
Lighttm
and
ROAM®.
As of May 31, 2010, we manufactured products in fourteen
plants in North America and two plants in Europe.
Principal customers include electrical distributors, retail home
improvement centers, national accounts, electric utilities,
municipalities, and lighting showrooms located in North America
and select international markets. In North America, our products
are sold by independent sales agents and factory sales
representatives who cover specific geographic areas and market
segments. Products are delivered through a network of
distribution centers, regional warehouses, and commercial
warehouses using both common carriers and a company-owned truck
fleet. To serve international customers, we employ a sales force
that utilizes distribution methods to meet specific individual
customer or country requirements. We have one operating segment.
We completed the spin-off of our specialty products business,
Zep Inc., on October 31, 2007, by distributing all of the
shares of Zep Inc. common stock, par value $.01 per share, to
Acuity Parents stockholders of record as of
October 17, 2007. As a result of this spin-off, our
financial statements have been prepared with the net assets,
results of operations, and cash flows of the specialty products
business presented as discontinued operations.
Acuity Parent is a Delaware corporation with principal executive
offices located at 1170 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400,
Atlanta, Georgia 30309. The main telephone number is
(404) 853-1400.
Our website is www.acuitybrands.com. Information
contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.
Acuity
Brands Lighting, Inc.
The Company is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Acuity
Parent and is the principal operating subsidiary of Acuity
Parent. The Company is a Delaware corporation with principal
executive offices located at One Lithonia Way, Conyers, Georgia
30012, and its telephone number at that address is
(770) 922-9000.
ABL IP
Holding LLC
ABL IP Holding LLC is a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of
Acuity Parent. ABL IP Holding LLC is a Georgia limited liability
corporation with principal executive offices located at One
Lithonia Way, Conyers, Georgia 30012, and its telephone number
at that address is
(770) 922-9000.
1
The
Exchange Offer
The following summary contains basic information about the
exchange offer. For a more detailed description of the terms and
conditions of the exchange offer, please refer to the section
The Exchange Offer.
|
|
|
The Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of the new
notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for
each $1,000 principal amount of the old notes, which have not
been registered under the Securities Act. We issued the old
notes on December 8, 2009. |
|
|
|
In order to exchange your old notes, you must promptly tender
them before the expiration date (as described herein). All old
notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will
be exchanged. We will issue the new notes on or promptly after
the expiration date. |
|
|
|
You may tender your old notes for exchange in whole or in part
in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. |
|
Registration Rights Agreement |
|
We sold the old notes on December 8, 2009 to Banc of
America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., the
initial purchasers. Simultaneously with that sale, we signed a
registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers
relating to the old notes that requires us to conduct this
exchange offer. |
|
|
|
You have the right under the registration rights agreement to
exchange your old notes for new notes. The exchange offer is
intended to satisfy such right. After the exchange offer is
complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or
registration rights with respect to your old notes. |
|
|
|
For a description of the procedures for tendering old notes, see
the section The Exchange Offer Exchange Offer
Procedures. |
|
Consequences of Failure to Exchange |
|
If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the
exchange offer, you will still have the restrictions on transfer
provided in the old notes and in the indenture that governs both
the old notes and the new notes. In general, the old notes may
not be offered or sold unless registered or exempt from
registration under the Securities Act, or in a transaction not
subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws. Upon completion of the exchange offer, we will have no
further obligations to register, and we do not currently plan to
register, the old notes under the Securities Act. See the
section Risk Factors If you do not exchange
your old notes for new notes, your ability to sell your old
notes will be restricted. |
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time,
on ,
2010, unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and
absolute discretion. In that case, the expiration date will be
the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer.
See the section The Exchange Offer Expiration
Date; Extensions; Amendments. |
2
|
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions,
including, if in our reasonable judgment: |
|
|
|
the exchange offer, or the making of any
exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law
or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or
|
|
|
|
any action or proceeding has been
instituted or threatened in writing in any court or by or before
any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that,
in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our
ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
We may choose to waive some of these conditions. For more
information, see The Exchange Offer Conditions
to the Exchange Offer. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes |
|
If you hold old notes through The Depository Trust Company
(DTC) and wish to participate in the exchange offer,
you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program
procedures of DTC. See the section The Exchange
Offer Exchange Offer Procedures. If you are
not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by
book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other
nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the
case may be. |
|
|
|
By accepting the exchange offer, you will represent to us that,
among other things: |
|
|
|
any new notes that you receive will be
acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
|
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding
with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to
participate in the distribution of the new notes;
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate as
defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you
are an affiliate, you will comply with any applicable
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
if you are not a broker-dealer, that you
are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a
distribution of the new notes; and
|
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will
receive new notes for your own account in exchange for old notes
that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that
you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection
with any resale of the new notes.
|
|
Withdrawal Rights |
|
You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time before
the expiration date. To do this, you should deliver a written
notice of your withdrawal to the exchange agent according to the
withdrawal procedures described in the section The
Exchange Offer Withdrawal Rights. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
The exchange agent for the exchange offer is Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association. The address, telephone number and
facsimile number of the exchange agent are provided in the
section The |
3
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange Offer Exchange Agent, as well as in
the letter of transmittal. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
new notes. See the section Use of Proceeds. |
|
Principal U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences |
|
Your participation in the exchange offer will not be a taxable
event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, you
will not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest
income as a result of the exchange. See the section
Principal U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Exchange Offer. |
Summary
Description of the New Notes
The following is a brief summary of certain terms of the new
notes. For a more complete description of the terms of the new
notes, see Description of Notes in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. |
|
Guarantors |
|
Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC. |
|
Notes Offered |
|
$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Senior
Notes due 2019. |
|
Maturity Date |
|
December 15, 2019. |
|
Interest Payment Dates |
|
6.00% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December
15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2010. |
|
Guarantees |
|
Acuity Parent and ABL IP Holding will fully and unconditionally
guarantee the payment of principal of and the premium, if any,
and interest on the new notes. |
|
Ranking |
|
The new notes will be the Companys senior unsecured
obligations and will: |
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment with
all of the Companys existing and future senior unsecured
indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to all
of the Companys future subordinated indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of
payment to any existing and future secured indebtedness of the
Company and the Guarantors to the extent of the collateral
securing such indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
be structurally subordinated in right of
payment to indebtedness of Acuity Parents subsidiaries
(other than the Company and ABL IP Holding).
|
|
|
|
The guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the
Guarantors and will rank equally in right of payment with the
Guarantors other senior unsecured indebtedness from time
to time outstanding. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
The Company may redeem the new notes in whole or in part at any
time and from time to time at the redemption price specified in
Description of Notes Optional Redemption. |
4
|
|
|
Change of Control Triggering Event |
|
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the
Company will be required to make an offer to purchase the new
notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. See
Description of Notes Repurchase Upon Change of
Control Triggering Event. |
|
Covenants |
|
The indenture under which the new notes will be issued will
contain covenants for your benefit. These covenants will limit
the ability of Acuity Parent and certain of its subsidiaries: |
|
|
|
to create certain liens;
|
|
|
|
to enter into sale and lease-back
transactions; or
|
|
|
|
to consolidate, merge or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety.
|
|
|
|
These covenants will be, however, subject to significant
exceptions and qualifications, which are described in this
prospectus. See Description of Notes Certain
Covenants. |
|
Form and Denomination |
|
The new notes will be issued in fully registered book-entry form
and will be represented by global notes without interest
coupons. The global notes will be deposited with a custodian for
and registered in the name of a nominee of The Depositary
Trust Company (DTC) in New York, New York.
Investors may elect to hold interests in the global notes
through DTC and its direct or indirect participants as described
under Description of Notes Book-Entry
Procedures. |
|
|
|
The new notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. |
|
Further Issues |
|
We may, from time to time, without notice to or consent of
holders of the new notes (Holders), create and issue
additional notes having the same interest rate, maturity,
ranking and other terms as the new notes offered hereby. Any
such additional notes, together with the new notes offered
hereby, will be considered part of the same series of notes
under the indenture. |
|
Transfer Restrictions |
|
The new notes are not being offered for sale or exchange and may
not be offered for sale or exchange directly or indirectly in
Canada except in accordance with applicable securities laws of
the provinces and territories of Canada. We are not required,
and do not intend, to qualify by prospectus in Canada the new
notes, and accordingly, the new notes will be subject to
restriction on resale in Canada. |
|
No Listing |
|
The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
See Risk Factors and other information included or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus for a discussion of
factors that you should carefully consider before deciding to
invest in the new notes. |
5
Summary
Selected Financial Information
The following table sets forth certain selected consolidated
financial data of Acuity as of and for the nine-month periods
ended May 31, 2010 and 2009 and as of and for each of the
five fiscal years ended August 31, 2009. The selected
consolidated financial data of Acuity presented below as of and
for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2006 have been
derived from financial statements of Acuity, which, unless
otherwise indicated, have been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm.
The selected consolidated financial data of Acuity presented
below as of August 31, 2006, as of and for the fiscal year
ended August 31, 2005 and as of and for the nine-month
periods ended May 31, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from
unaudited financial statements of Acuity. Amounts in our audited
and unaudited financial statements have been restated to reflect
the specialty products business as discontinued operations as a
result of the spin-off of our specialty products business, Zep
Inc. This historical information may not be indicative of our
future performance. The information set forth below should be
read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto,
each contained in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, our Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated June 30, 2010, and our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended May 31, 2010, which have been
incorporated into this prospectus by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Years Ended August 31,
|
|
|
Ended May 31
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007(1)
|
|
|
2006(1)
|
|
|
2005(1)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per-share and ratio data)
|
|
|
Summary of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
1,657,404
|
|
|
$
|
2,026,644
|
|
|
$
|
1,964,781
|
|
|
$
|
1,841,039
|
|
|
$
|
1,637,902
|
|
|
$
|
1,182,718
|
|
|
$
|
1,234,792
|
|
Cost of Products Sold
|
|
|
1,022,308
|
|
|
|
1,210,849
|
|
|
|
1,220,466
|
|
|
|
1,188,202
|
|
|
|
1,101,198
|
|
|
|
705,619
|
|
|
|
765,067
|
|
Gross Profits
|
|
|
635,096
|
|
|
|
815,795
|
|
|
|
744,315
|
|
|
|
652,837
|
|
|
|
536,704
|
|
|
|
477,099
|
|
|
|
469,725
|
|
Selling, Distribution and Administrative Expense
|
|
|
454,606
|
|
|
|
540,097
|
|
|
|
521,892
|
|
|
|
500,426
|
|
|
|
449,143
|
|
|
|
362,228
|
|
|
|
339,257
|
|
Special Charge
|
|
|
26,737
|
(2)
|
|
|
14,638
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,405
|
(4)
|
|
|
5,166
|
|
|
|
26,635
|
|
Impairment Charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Profit
|
|
|
153,753
|
|
|
|
261,060
|
|
|
|
222,423
|
|
|
|
152,119
|
|
|
|
67,492
|
|
|
|
109,705
|
|
|
|
103,833
|
|
Other Expense
|
|
|
26,430
|
|
|
|
30,510
|
|
|
|
28,237
|
|
|
|
33,296
|
|
|
|
34,817
|
|
|
|
31,504
|
|
|
|
19,694
|
|
Income from Continuing Operations before Provision for Income
Taxes
|
|
|
127,323
|
|
|
|
230,550
|
|
|
|
194,186
|
|
|
|
118,823
|
|
|
|
32,675
|
|
|
|
78,201
|
|
|
|
84,139
|
|
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
42,126
|
|
|
|
81,918
|
|
|
|
65,499
|
|
|
|
39,152
|
|
|
|
7,999
|
|
|
|
26,415
|
|
|
|
28,030
|
|
Income from Continuing Operations
|
|
|
85,197
|
|
|
|
148,632
|
|
|
|
128,687
|
|
|
|
79,671
|
|
|
|
24,676
|
|
|
|
51,786
|
|
|
|
56,109
|
|
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
(288
|
)
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
19,367
|
|
|
|
26,891
|
|
|
|
27,553
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
Net Income
|
|
|
84,909
|
|
|
|
148,255
|
|
|
|
148,054
|
|
|
|
106,562
|
|
|
|
52,229
|
|
|
|
52,391
|
|
|
|
55,810
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
18,683
|
|
|
|
297,096
|
|
|
|
213,674
|
|
|
|
80,520
|
|
|
|
86,740
|
|
|
$
|
194,518
|
|
|
$
|
28,290
|
|
Total Assets(1)
|
|
|
1,290,603
|
|
|
|
1,408,691
|
|
|
|
1,617,867
|
|
|
|
1,444,116
|
|
|
|
1,442,215
|
|
|
|
1,468,747
|
|
|
|
1,321,124
|
|
Total Debt
|
|
|
231,582
|
|
|
|
363,936
|
|
|
|
363,877
|
|
|
|
363,802
|
|
|
|
363,737
|
|
|
|
353,325
|
|
|
|
233,971
|
|
Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
672,140
|
|
|
|
575,546
|
|
|
|
671,966
|
|
|
|
475,476
|
|
|
|
491,636
|
|
|
|
716,852
|
|
|
|
658,550
|
|
Cash Dividends Declared per Common Share
|
|
|
0.52
|
|
|
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
0.39
|
|
|
|
0.39
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
|
|
$
|
2.05
|
|
|
$
|
3.58
|
|
|
$
|
2.96
|
|
|
$
|
1.79
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
|
$
|
1.20
|
|
|
$
|
1.36
|
|
Basic Earnings (Loss) per Share from Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
0.45
|
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
0.63
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
Basic Earnings per Share
|
|
$
|
2.04
|
|
|
$
|
3.57
|
|
|
$
|
3.41
|
|
|
$
|
2.39
|
|
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
1.21
|
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
Diluted Earnings per Share from Continuing Operations
|
|
$
|
2.01
|
|
|
$
|
3.51
|
|
|
$
|
2.89
|
|
|
$
|
1.73
|
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
|
$
|
1.17
|
|
|
$
|
1.34
|
|
Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share from Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
|
0.44
|
|
|
|
0.58
|
|
|
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.01
|
)
|
Diluted Earnings per Share
|
|
$
|
2.00
|
|
|
$
|
3.50
|
|
|
$
|
3.33
|
|
|
$
|
2.31
|
|
|
$
|
1.16
|
|
|
$
|
1.18
|
|
|
$
|
1.33
|
|
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (unaudited)(5)
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Total assets as of August 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 included
amounts related to discontinued operations. |
6
|
|
|
(2) |
|
During fiscal 2009, Acuity recorded a pre-tax charge of
$26.7 million to accelerate its ongoing programs to
streamline Acuitys operations, including the consolidation
of certain manufacturing facilities and the reduction of certain
overhead costs. The charge consists of $25.6 million for
estimated severances and employee benefits as well as estimated
retention payments related to the previously announced
consolidation of certain manufacturing operations and reductions
in workforce and a $1.6 million impairment of assets
related to the closing of a manufacturing facility, partially
offset by a $0.5 million adjustment to the fiscal 2008
special charge. |
|
(3) |
|
During fiscal 2008, Acuity recorded a pre-tax charge of
$14.6 million resulting from actions to streamline and
simplify Acuitys organizational structure and operations
as a result of the spin-off of Zep Inc. The charge consisted of
severance and related employee benefit costs associated with the
elimination of certain positions worldwide, the estimated costs
associated with the early termination of certain leases, and
$0.8 million of share-based expense due to the modification
of the terms of agreements to accelerate vesting for certain
terminated employees. |
|
(4) |
|
During fiscal 2005, Acuity recorded a pre-tax charge to reflect
the costs associated with the elimination of approximately 10%
of the Companys workforce. |
|
(5) |
|
Acuitys ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated
as income (loss) before income taxes from continuing operations,
plus fixed charges, divided by fixed charges. Fixed charges
include interest costs incurred and estimated interest within
rental expense. |
7
Risk
Factors
Investors should carefully consider the following risk
factors and the risk factors related to our business identified
in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 and all other
information contained or incorporated by reference into this
prospectus before investing in the new notes. The occurrence of
any one or more of these risks could materially and adversely
affect your investment in the new notes.
Risks
Relating to the Notes
The
new notes will be effectively subordinated to any secured
indebtedness of the Company, and the guarantees of the new notes
will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of
Acuity Parent and ABL IP Holding.
The new notes and the guarantees will not be secured by any of
the assets of the Company, Acuity Parent or ABL IP Holding. As a
result, the new notes are effectively subordinated to any
existing and future secured indebtedness of the Company and the
Guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing
such debt. The new notes are not the obligations of Acuity
Parents subsidiaries (other than the Company and ABL IP
Holding). Consequently, the new notes will be structurally
subordinated to all liabilities, including trade payables, of
Acuity Parents subsidiaries (other than the Company and
ABL IP Holding). The indenture governing the new notes will not
limit the amount of additional debt that we may incur, will
permit us to incur secured debt under specified circumstances
and will permit Acuity Parents subsidiaries (other than
the Company) to incur secured debt without restriction. In any
liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar
proceeding, the holders of any secured debt of the Company,
Acuity Parent and ABL IP Holding may assert rights against the
secured assets in order to receive full payment of their debt
before the assets may be used to make payments on the new notes
or the guarantees.
The
negative covenants in the indenture that govern the new notes
will provide limited protection to holders of new
notes.
The indenture governing the new notes will contain covenants
limiting our ability to create certain liens, enter into certain
sale and lease-back transactions, and consolidate or merge with,
or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all our assets to, another person. The covenants
addressing limitations on liens and on sale and lease-back
transactions will not apply directly to any of Acuity
Parents subsidiaries (other than the Company) and will
contain exceptions that will allow us to incur liens with
respect to material assets. See Description of
Notes Certain Covenants. In light of these
exceptions, your notes may be structurally or effectively
subordinated to new lenders. The indenture does not limit the
amount of additional debt that we or our subsidiaries may incur.
For these reasons, you should not consider the covenants in the
indenture as a significant factor in evaluating whether to
invest in the new notes. In addition, we are subject to periodic
review by independent credit rating agencies. An increase in the
level of our outstanding indebtedness, or other events that
could have an adverse impact on our business, properties,
financial condition, results of operations or prospects, may
cause the rating agencies to downgrade our debt credit rating
generally, and the ratings on the new notes, which could
adversely impact the trading prices for, or the liquidity of,
the new notes. Any such downgrade could also adversely affect
our cost of borrowing, limit our access to the capital markets
or result in more restrictive covenants in future debt
agreements.
We may
not be able to repurchase all of the new notes upon a Change of
Control Triggering Event, which would result in a default under
the new notes.
We will be required to offer to repurchase the new notes upon
the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event as
provided in the indenture governing the new notes. However, we
may not have sufficient funds to repurchase the new notes for
cash at such time. In addition, our ability to repurchase the
new notes for cash may be limited by law or the terms of other
agreements relating to our indebtedness outstanding at the time,
which agreements may provide that a change of control event
constitutes an event of default or prepayment under such other
indebtedness. Our failure to make any such repurchase would
result in a default under the new notes.
8
The
provisions of the new notes will not necessarily protect you in
the event of certain highly leveraged
transactions.
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, you
will have the right to require us to repurchase the new notes as
provided in the indenture governing the new notes. However, the
Change of Control Triggering Event provisions will not afford
you protection in the event of certain highly leveraged
transactions that may adversely affect you. For example, any
leveraged recapitalization, refinancing, restructuring or
acquisition initiated by us generally will not constitute a
Change of Control that would potentially lead to a Change of
Control Triggering Event. As a result, we could enter into any
such transaction even though the transaction could increase the
total amount of our outstanding indebtedness, adversely affect
our capital structure or credit rating or otherwise adversely
affect the Holders. These transactions may not involve a change
in voting power or beneficial ownership or result in a downgrade
in the ratings of the new notes, or, even if they do, may not
necessarily constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event that
affords you the protections described in this prospectus. If any
such transaction were to occur, the value of the new notes could
decline.
An
active trading market for the new notes may not
develop.
The new notes are a new issue of securities for which there is
currently no public market, and we cannot assure you that an
active trading market for the new notes will develop or
continue. To the extent that an active trading market does not
develop, the liquidity and trading prices for the new notes may
be harmed.
The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange. The
liquidity of any market for the new notes will depend upon,
among other facts, the number of Holders, our results of
operations and financial condition, the market for similar
securities and the interest of securities dealers in making a
market in the new notes.
Our
credit facility contains covenants that may limit our
operations.
We entered into a credit agreement dated October 19, 2007
that contains certain covenants restricting our operations and
the operations of our subsidiaries. For example, the agreement
contains covenants placing certain limits on permitted
indebtedness of our subsidiaries and on the creation,
incurrence, assumption or existence of certain liens on our
property or the property of our subsidiaries. If any of these
restrictions were to materially impair the operations and
earnings of our subsidiaries, their cash distributions to us may
be diminished.
Our
existing and future indebtedness may limit cash flow available
to invest in the ongoing needs of our business, which could
prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the new
notes.
As of May 31, 2010 we had $353.3 million of
outstanding indebtedness. We have the ability to incur
substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including
through additional debt offerings and pursuant to our credit
agreement, under which we had borrowing capacity of at least
$242.7 million as of May 31, 2010. Our level of
indebtedness and our ability to incur additional indebtedness
could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
|
|
|
|
|
adversely impact the trading price for, or the liquidity of, the
new notes;
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow
from operations to the payment of debt service, reducing the
availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital
expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
|
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry
conditions;
|
|
|
|
adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on
favorable terms or at all in the future; and
|
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to businesses in
our industry that have less indebtedness.
|
9
Any failure to comply with covenants in the instruments
governing our debt could result in an event of default which, if
not cured or waived, would have a material adverse effect on us.
Our
credit ratings may not reflect all risks of your investments in
the new notes.
We expect that the new notes will be rated Baa3 and
BBB- by Moodys and Standard &
Poors, respectively. Our credit ratings are an assessment
by rating agencies of our ability to pay our debts when due.
Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings
will generally affect the market value of the new notes. Our
credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of risks
relating to structure or marketing of the new notes. Agency
ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any
security, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the
issuing organization. Each agencys rating should be
evaluated independently of any other agencys rating.
If you
do not exchange your old notes for new notes, your ability to
sell your old notes will be restricted.
If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the
exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer described in the legend on your old
notes. The new notes, like the old notes, will remain subject to
restrictions on resale in Canada. The restrictions on transfer
of your old notes arise because we issued the old notes in a
transaction not subject to the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general,
you may only offer to sell the old notes if they are registered
under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or
offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from those
requirements. If you are still holding any old notes after the
expiration date of the exchange offer and the exchange offer has
been consummated, you will not be entitled to have those old
notes registered under the Securities Act or to any similar
rights under the registration rights agreement, subject to
limited exceptions, if applicable. After the exchange offer is
completed, we will not be required, and we do not intend, to
register the old notes under the Securities Act. In addition, if
you do exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for the
purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes, you
may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so,
will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with
any resale transaction. To the extent old notes are tendered and
accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for
the old notes would be adversely affected.
Use of
Proceeds
This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under
the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any
proceeds from the exchange offer. You will receive, in exchange
for old notes tendered by you and accepted by us in the exchange
offer, new notes in the same principal amount. The old notes
surrendered in exchange for the new notes will be retired and
cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of
the new notes will not result in any increase of our outstanding
debt.
We used the net proceeds from the sale of the old notes of
approximately $346 million to repay (1) approximately
$175.7 million of the $200 million outstanding
principal amount of the 8.375% Senior Notes, which were
scheduled to mature August 1, 2010 and bore interest at a
rate of 8.375% per year that were validly tendered and accepted
for payment pursuant to a cash tender offer (2) all of the
remaining $24.3 million in aggregate principal amount of
the 8.375% Senior Notes that were redeemed, and (3) an
approximately $25.3 million unsecured promissory note
issued to the sole stockholder of Sensor Switch, Inc. in
connection with the Companys acquisition of Sensor Switch,
Inc., which was scheduled to mature on April 1, 2012 and
bore interest at a rate of 6.0% per year. Any remaining proceeds
were used for general corporate purposes.
10
The
Exchange Offer
Purpose
of the Exchange Offer
We have entered into a registration rights agreement with the
initial purchasers of the old notes, in which we agreed to file
a registration statement with the SEC relating to an offer to
exchange the old notes for new notes. The registration statement
of which this prospectus forms a part was filed in compliance
with this obligation. We also agreed to use our commercially
reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement to be
declared effective under the Securities Act, to offer the new
notes in exchange for the old notes as soon as practicable after
the effectiveness of the registration statement and to have such
registration statement remain effective for not less than
135 days after the last date that old notes will be
accepted for exchange. If we do not comply with certain of our
obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will
incur additional interest expense. The new notes will have terms
substantially identical to the old notes except that the new
notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer
restrictions in the United States and registration rights and
additional interest payable for the failure to comply with
certain obligations. Old notes in an aggregate principal amount
of $350,000,000 were issued on December 8, 2009.
Under the circumstances set forth below, we will as soon as
reasonably practicable following a determination of such
circumstance, file a shelf registration statement with the SEC
covering resales of the old notes or the new notes, as the case
may be, use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the
Securities Act and use our commercially reasonable efforts to
keep the shelf registration statement effective until the
earliest of (i) one year after the effective date of the
shelf registration statement and (ii) the date on which all
notes registered under the shelf registration statement have
been sold in accordance therewith. These circumstances include:
|
|
|
|
|
applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit
us to effect the exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
for any other reason we do not complete the exchange offer by
December 8, 2010; or
|
|
|
|
any initial purchaser so requests in writing with respect to old
notes that are not eligible to be exchanged for new notes in the
exchange offer and held by it following consummation of the
exchange offer.
|
Each holder of old notes that wishes to exchange such old notes
for transferable new notes in the exchange offer will be
required to make the following representations:
|
|
|
|
|
any new notes to be received by it will be acquired in the
ordinary course of its business;
|
|
|
|
it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution (within the meaning of
Securities Act) of the new notes in violation of the provisions
of the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
it is not our affiliate, as defined in Rule 405
under the Securities Act; and
|
|
|
|
if such holder is a broker-dealer that will receive new notes
for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired
by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus (or,
to the extent permitted by law, make available a prospectus) in
connection with any resale of such new notes.
|
In addition, each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its
own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must, in the absence of
an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with
secondary resales of new notes and cannot rely on the position
of the SEC staff set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co.,
Incorporated or similar no-action letters. See Plan
of Distribution.
Resale of
New Notes
Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no-action
letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that new
notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may
be offered for resale, resold
11
and otherwise transferred by any exchange note holder without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, if:
|
|
|
|
|
such holder is not an affiliate of ours within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the
holders business; and
|
|
|
|
the holder does not intend to participate in the distribution of
such new notes.
|
Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention
of participating in any manner in a distribution of the new
notes:
|
|
|
|
|
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in
Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation or similar
interpretive letters; and
|
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction.
|
If, as stated above, a holder cannot rely on the position of the
staff of the SEC set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation or similar interpretive letters, any effective
registration statement used in connection with a secondary
resale transaction must contain the selling security holder
information required by Item 507 of
Regulation S-K
under the Securities Act.
This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the
resale or for other retransfer of new notes only as specifically
set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers,
only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities may
participate in the exchange offer. Please read the section
captioned Plan of Distribution for more details
regarding these procedures for the transfer of new notes. We
have agreed that, for a period of 135 days after the
exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
resale of the new notes.
Terms of
the Exchange Offer
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus, we will accept for exchange any old notes properly
tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. We will
issue $2,000 principal amount of new notes in exchange for each
$2,000 principal amount of old notes surrendered under the
exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 integral multiple amount of
new notes in exchange for each $1,000 integral multiple amount
of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer. Old notes may
be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The form and terms of the new notes will be substantially
identical to the form and terms of the old notes except the new
notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear
legends restricting their transfer in the United States and will
not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to
fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement
to file, and cause to become effective, a registration
statement. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old
notes. The new notes will be issued under and entitled to the
benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of
the outstanding old notes. Consequently, both series of notes
will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the
indenture.
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.
As of the date of this prospectus, $350,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the old notes are outstanding. There will be
no fixed record date for determining registered holders of old
notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.
We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the
provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable
requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and the
rules and regulations of the SEC. Old notes that are not
tendered for
12
exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and
continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights
and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to
the old notes.
We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly
tendered old notes when we have given oral or written notice of
the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will
act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of
receiving the new notes from us and delivering new notes to such
holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights
agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate
the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes
not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any
of the conditions specified below under the caption
Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer.
Holders who tender old notes in the exchange offer will not be
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees, or transfer taxes
with respect to the exchange of old notes. We will pay all
charges and expenses, other than those transfer taxes described
below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important
that you read the section labeled Fees and
Expenses below for more details regarding fees and
expenses incurred in the exchange offer.
Pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we
are not required to make a registered exchange offer in any
province or territory of Canada or to accept old notes
surrendered by residents of Canada in the registered exchange
offer unless the distribution of new notes pursuant to such
offer can be effected pursuant to exemptions from the
registration and prospectus requirements of the applicable
securities laws of such province or territory and, as a
condition to the exchange of the old notes pursuant to a
registered exchange offer, such holders of old notes in Canada
are required to make certain representations to us, including a
representation that they are entitled under the applicable
securities laws of such province or territory to acquire the new
notes without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under such
securities laws.
We are relying on exemptions from applicable Canadian provincial
securities laws to offer the new notes. The new notes may not be
sold directly or indirectly in Canada except in accordance with
applicable securities laws of the provinces and territories of
Canada. We are not required, and do not intend, to qualify the
new notes by prospectus in Canada, and accordingly, the new
notes will be subject to restrictions on resale in Canada.
Expiration
Date; Extensions; Amendments
The exchange offer for the old notes will expire at
5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on ,
2010, unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and
absolute discretion.
In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the
exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will
notify in writing or by public announcement the registered
holders of old notes of the extension no later than
9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after
the previously scheduled expiration date.
We reserve the right, in our reasonable discretion:
|
|
|
|
|
to delay accepting for exchange any old notes in connection with
the extension of the exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer
and to refuse to accept old notes not previously accepted if any
of the conditions set forth below under
Conditions to the Exchange Offer have
not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such
delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or
|
|
|
|
subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to
amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided
that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer,
including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the
exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five
business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of
the material change.
|
Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by written
notice or public announcement thereof to the registered holders
of old notes. If we
13
amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to
constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such
amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the
holders of old notes of such amendment, provided that in the
event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the
waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange
offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days
remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material
change. If we terminate this exchange offer as provided in this
prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange or if we
amend the terms of this exchange offer in a manner that
constitutes a fundamental change in the information set forth in
the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a
part, we will promptly file a post-effective amendment to the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In
addition, we will in all events comply with our obligation to
make prompt payment for all old notes properly tendered and
accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.
Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make
public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension,
termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we shall have no
obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any
such public announcement, other than by issuing a timely press
release to a financial news service.
Conditions
to the Exchange Offer
Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be
required to accept for exchange, or exchange any new notes for,
any old notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer as
provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for
exchange if in our reasonable judgment:
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of
old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable
interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or
|
|
|
|
any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in
writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency
with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would
reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the
exchange offer.
|
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the
old notes of any holder that has not made:
|
|
|
|
|
the representations described under Purpose of
the Exchange Offer, Exchange Offer
Procedures and Plan of Distribution; and
|
|
|
|
such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under
applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make
available to us an appropriate form for registration of the new
notes under the Securities Act.
|
We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times
on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange
offer, to extend the period of time during which the exchange
offer is open. Consequently, in the event we extend the period
the exchange offer is open, we may delay acceptance of any old
notes by giving written notice of such extension to the
registered holders of the old notes. During any such extensions,
all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the
exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange unless they
have been previously withdrawn. We will return any old notes
that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without
expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration
or termination of the exchange offer.
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the
exchange offer on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of
the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any old notes not
previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of
the conditions to termination of the exchange offer specified
above. We will give written notice or public announcement of any
extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the
registered holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable.
In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no
later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time on the business
day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
14
These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may, in our
reasonable discretion, assert them regardless of the
circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole
or in part at any or at various times except that all conditions
to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived by us prior to
the expiration of the exchange offer. If we fail at any time to
exercise any of the foregoing rights, that failure will not
constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be
deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at
various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Any
waiver by us will be made by written notice or public
announcement to the registered holders of the notes and any such
waiver shall apply to all the registered holders of the notes.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes
tendered, and will not issue new notes in exchange for any such
old notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened in
writing or in effect with respect to the registration statement
of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification
of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the Trust Indenture Act).
Exchange
Offer Procedures
Only a holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the
exchange offer. If you are a DTC participant that has old notes
which are credited to your DTC account by book-entry and which
are held of record by DTCs nominee, as applicable, you may
tender your old notes by book-entry transfer as if you were the
record holder. Because of this, references herein to registered
or record holders include DTC.
If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes
by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or
other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant,
as the case may be.
To tender old notes in the exchange offer:
|
|
|
|
|
You must comply with DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program
(ATOP) procedures described below; and
|
|
|
|
The exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a
book-entry transfer of the old notes into its account at DTC
through ATOP pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer
described below, along with a properly transmitted agents
message, before the expiration date.
|
Participants in DTCs ATOP program must electronically
transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to
transfer the old notes to the exchange agent in accordance with
DTCs ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an
agents message to the exchange agent. With respect to the
exchange of the old notes, the term agents
message means a message transmitted by DTC, received by
the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry
confirmation, which states that:
|
|
|
|
|
DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in
its ATOP that is tendering old notes that are the subject of the
book-entry confirmation;
|
|
|
|
the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and
|
|
|
|
we may enforce the agreement against such participant.
|
Delivery of an agents message will also constitute an
acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the
representations described below in this prospectus are true and
correct.
In addition, each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its
own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
new notes. See Plan of Distribution.
Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures
If you desire to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the
exchange offer and (1) time will not permit your letter of
transmittal, certificates representing such outstanding notes
and all other required documents to reach
15
the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, or
(2) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including
delivery of an agents message) cannot be completed on or
prior to the expiration date, you may nevertheless tender such
notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have
been received on or prior to the expiration date if all the
following conditions are satisfied:
|
|
|
|
|
you must effect your tender through an eligible guarantor
institution;
|
|
|
|
a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed
delivery, substantially in the form provided by us herewith, or
an agents message with respect to guaranteed delivery that
is accepted by us, is received by the exchange agent on or prior
to the expiration date as provided below; and
|
|
|
|
a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the
exchange agent account at DTC as described above, together with
a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile of the
letter of transmittal) properly completed and duly executed,
with any signature guarantees and any other documents required
by the letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted
agents message, are received by the exchange agent within
three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the
expiration date.
|
The notice of guaranteed delivery may be sent by hand delivery,
facsimile transmission or mail to the exchange agent and must
include a guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution in the
form set forth in the notice of guaranteed delivery.
Book-Entry
Transfer
The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account
with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the
exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus; and
any financial institution participating in DTCs system may
make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer
such old notes into the exchange agents account at DTC in
accordance with DTCs procedures for transfer.
Withdrawal
Rights
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may
withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
To withdraw a tender of old notes in any exchange offer, the
applicable exchange agent must receive a letter or facsimile
notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under
Exchange agent before the time indicated
above. Any notice of withdrawal must:
|
|
|
|
|
specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be
withdrawn;
|
|
|
|
identify the old notes to be withdrawn including the certificate
number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of old notes to
be withdrawn or, in the case of old notes transferred by
book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC
to be credited and otherwise comply with the procedures of the
relevant book-entry transfer facility; and
|
|
|
|
specify the name in which the old notes being withdrawn are to
be registered, if different from that of the person who
deposited the old notes.
|
We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the
validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of
notices of withdrawal. Our determination will be final and
binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn in this manner
will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of
the exchange offer. We will not issue new notes for such
withdrawn old notes unless the old notes are validly retendered.
We will return to you any old notes that you have tendered but
that we have not accepted for exchange without cost promptly
after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the
exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by
following one of the procedures described above at any time
before the expiration date.
16
Exchange
Agent
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as
exchange agent for the exchange offer of old notes.
You should direct questions and requests for assistance and
requests for additional copies of this prospectus to the
exchange agent addressed as follows:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Tele:
(800) 344-5128
Facsimile:
(612) 667-6282
Attn: Bondholder Communications
Fees and
Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal
solicitation is being made by mail, however, we may make
additional solicitations by telegraph, telephone or in person by
our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers
or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will,
however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees
for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses.
Our expenses in connection with the exchange offer include:
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fees;
|
|
|
|
fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;
|
|
|
|
accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and
|
|
|
|
related fees and expenses.
|
Transfer
Taxes
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of old notes under the exchange offer. The tendering
holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes,
whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
|
|
|
|
|
certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not
tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are
to be issued in the name of, any person other than the
registered holder of old notes tendered; or
|
|
|
|
a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange
of old notes under the exchange offer.
|
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not
submitted, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to
that tendering holder.
Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be
required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who
instruct us to register new notes in the name of, or request
that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange
offer be returned to, a person other than the registered
tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer
tax.
17
Consequences
of Failure to Exchange
Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new
notes under the exchange offer, including as a result of failing
to timely deliver old notes to the exchange agent, together with
all required documentation, will remain subject to the
restrictions on transfer of such old notes:
|
|
|
|
|
as set forth in the legend printed on the old notes as a
consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the
exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable
state securities laws; and
|
|
|
|
otherwise as set forth in the offering circular distributed in
connection with the private offering of the old notes.
|
In addition, you will no longer have any registration rights or
be entitled to additional interest with respect to the old notes.
In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they
are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or sale
is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the
registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register
resales of the old notes under the Securities Act. Based on
interpretations of the SEC staff, new notes issued pursuant to
the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or
otherwise transferred by their holders, other than any such
holder that is our affiliate within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with
the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that the holders acquired the new notes
in the ordinary course of the holders business and the
holders have no arrangement or understanding with respect to the
distribution of the new notes to be acquired in the exchange
offer. Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the
purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes:
|
|
|
|
|
could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the
SEC; and
|
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction.
|
After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold
any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because
there will be fewer old notes outstanding.
Accounting
Treatment
We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the
same carrying value as the old notes, as reflected in our
accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will
not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in
connection with the exchange offer.
Other
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should
carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult
your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on
what action to take.
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in the
open market or privately negotiated transactions, through
subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present
plans to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the
exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit
resales of any untendered old notes.
Description
of Notes
General
The company issued the old notes and the related guarantees and
will issue the new notes and the related guarantees under the
indenture dated December 8, 2009 (the
Indenture) between the Company, the Guarantors and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the
Trustee). Unless the context
18
otherwise requires, all references to the notes in
this Description of the Notes include the old notes
and the new notes. The old notes and the new notes will be
treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture. The
Indenture complies with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the Trust Indenture Act). The terms of
the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture
Act.
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the
Indenture. It does not include all of the provisions of the
Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it defines
your rights. The terms of the notes include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to
the Trust Indenture Act. A copy of the Indenture may be
obtained from the Company.
The Trustee will initially act as registrar, transfer agent and
paying agent for the notes. The notes may be presented for
registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the
Trustee. The Company may change the registrar and any transfer
agent or paying agent without notice to the Holders. The Company
will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the notes at the
Trustees corporate office in Minneapolis, Minnesota. At
the Companys option, interest may be paid at the
Trustees corporate trust office or by check mailed to the
registered address of Holders.
The notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any mandatory
sinking fund.
Guarantees
The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Acuity
Parent and ABL IP Holding. The guarantees will be senior
unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and will rank equal in
right of payment with the Guarantors senior unsecured debt
from time to time outstanding, unless the Guarantors are
required by the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitations on
Liens below to secure the guarantees. The aggregate amount
of obligations guaranteed will be reduced to the extent
necessary to prevent violation of, or becoming voidable under,
applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent
transfer or similar laws affecting creditors generally.
Principal,
Maturity and Interest
The Company is offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions of this prospectus and the accompanying letter
of transmittal, the new notes for all of the outstanding old
notes.
Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 6.00% per year.
Interest on the notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears
on each June 15 and December 15, beginning on June 15,
2010, to the persons who are registered Holders at the close of
business on June 1 and December 1, whether or not a
business day, immediately preceding the applicable interest
payment date.
Interest on the notes will accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from and including the issue date. If any interest payment date,
Redemption Date (as defined below), repurchase date or
maturity date falls on a day which is not a business day,
payment of interest, principal and premium, if any, with respect
to such notes will be made on the next business day with the
same force and effect as if made on the due date and no interest
on such payment will accrue from and after such due date.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year
composed of twelve
30-day months.
The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest
in any proceeding under any bankruptcy law) on overdue payments
of the principal, purchase price and redemption price of the
notes from time to time on demand at the rate then borne by the
notes offered hereby; and the Company will pay interest
(including post- petition interest in any proceeding under any
bankruptcy law) on overdue installments of interest, if any
(without regard to any applicable grace periods) on the notes
offered hereby from time to time on demand at the same rate to
the extent lawful.
19
Further
Issues
The Company may from time to time without notice to, or the
consent of, any Holder, create and issue additional notes under
the Indenture, equal in rank to the notes offered hereby in all
respects (or in all respects except for the payment of interest
accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes, or
except for the first payment of interest following the issue
date of such additional notes) so that the additional notes may
be consolidated and form a single series with the notes offered
hereby and have the same terms as to status, redemption and
otherwise as the notes offered hereby.
Listing
The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange.
Ranking
The notes will be the Companys senior unsecured
obligations and will:
|
|
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment with all of the Companys
existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
rank senior in right of payment to all of the Companys
future subordinated indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated in right of payment to any existing
and future secured indebtedness of the Company and the
Guarantors to the extent of the collateral securing such
indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
be structurally subordinated in right of payment to indebtedness
of Acuity Parents subsidiaries (other than the Company and
ABL IP Holding).
|
The guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of Acuity
Parent and ABL IP Holding and will rank equally in right of
payment with Acuity Parents and ABL IP Holdings
other senior unsecured indebtedness from time to time
outstanding.
Optional
Redemption
The notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the
Companys option, at any time or from time to time prior to
maturity on at least 30 days, but not more than
60 days, prior notice mailed to the registered
address of each Holder (the Redemption Date).
The redemption price will be equal to the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
100% of the principal amount of the notes to be
redeemed; and
|
|
|
|
the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled
Payments (as defined below) discounted to the
Redemption Date, on a semiannual basis (assuming a
360-day year
consisting of twelve
30-day
months), at a rate equal to the sum of the Treasury Rate (as
defined below) plus 40 basis points,
|
plus, in each case, accrued interest thereon to the
Redemption Date.
For purposes of the optional redemption provisions of the notes,
the following terms will be applicable:
Comparable Treasury Issue means the United States
Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent
Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity
comparable to the remaining term of the notes to be redeemed
that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in
accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new
issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to
the remaining term of such notes.
Comparable Treasury Price means, with respect to any
Redemption Date, (1) the average of the Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date after
excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than
four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of
all such quotations.
Independent Investment Banker means one of the
Reference Treasury Dealers, appointed by us.
20
Reference Treasury Dealer means Banc of America
Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and their
respective affiliates, and their respective successors and one
other nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a
primary U.S. government securities dealer in the City of
New York (a Primary Treasury Dealer) as selected by
us. If any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to
be a Primary Treasury Dealer, we will substitute therefore
another Primary Treasury Dealer.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations means, with
respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any
Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Company,
of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue
(expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount)
quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury
Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the third
business day preceding such Redemption Date.
Remaining Scheduled Payments means, with respect to
each note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of
principal of and interest on the note that would be due after
the related Redemption Date but for the redemption. If that
Redemption Date is not an interest payment date with
respect to a note, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled
interest payment on the note will be reduced by the amount of
interest accrued on the note to the Redemption Date.
Treasury Rate means, with respect to any
Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the
semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolation (on a
day count basis) of the interpolated Comparable Treasury Issue,
assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as
a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable
Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.
On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to
accrue on the notes or any portion of the notes called for
redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
redemption price and accrued interest. On or before the
Redemption Date, the Company will deposit with a paying
agent or the Trustee money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of, and accrued interest on, the notes to be redeemed on
that date.
Selection
and Notice of Redemption
In the event that the Company chooses to redeem less than all of
the notes, selection of the notes for redemption will be made on
a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall
deem fair and appropriate.
No notes of a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be
redeemed in part. Notice of redemption will be mailed by
first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days
before the Redemption Date to each Holder of notes to be
redeemed at its registered address. If any note is to be
redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to
such note shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the
Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. On and
after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on
notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the
Company has deposited with the paying agent or the Trustee funds
in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price.
Repurchase
Upon Change of Control Triggering Event
If a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined below)
occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the
notes as described above, the Company will be required to make
an offer to repurchase all or, at the Holders option, any
part (equal to $2,000 or any multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof), of each Holders notes pursuant to the offer
described below (the Change of Control Offer) on the
terms set forth in the notes. In the Change of Control Offer,
the Company will be required to offer payment in cash equal to
101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes repurchased,
to, but not including, the date of purchase (the Change of
Control Payment).
Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering
Event, the Company will be required to mail a notice to Holders,
with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or
transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering
Event and offering to repurchase the notes on the date specified
in the notice,
21
which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later
than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the
Change of Control Payment Date), pursuant to the
procedures required by the notes and described in such notice.
The Company must comply with the requirements of applicable
securities laws and regulations in connection with the
repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control
Triggering Event.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will be
required, to the extent lawful, to:
|
|
|
|
|
accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly
tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
|
|
|
|
deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes
properly tendered; and
|
|
|
|
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the notes
properly accepted together with an officers certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of
notes being purchased by it.
|
The paying agent will be required to promptly mail, to each
Holder who properly tendered notes, the purchase price for such
notes, and the Trustee will be required to promptly authenticate
and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each such
Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new
note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or a multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof.
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party
makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the
Company and such third party purchases all notes properly
tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In the event that
such third party terminates or defaults its offer, the Company
will be required to make a Change of Control Offer treating the
date of such termination or default as though it were the date
of the Change of Control Triggering Event.
The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations
are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as
a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent
that the provision of any such securities laws or regulations
conflicts with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the
notes, the Company will comply with those securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of the
notes by virtue of any such conflict.
For purposes of the repurchase provisions of the notes, the
following terms will be applicable:
Change of Control means the occurrence of any one of
the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of
the properties or assets of Acuity Parent and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, to one or more persons, other than to Acuity
Parent or one of its subsidiaries; (2) the first day on
which a majority of the members of Acuity Parents board of
directors is not composed of Continuing Directors (as defined
below); (3) the consummation of any transaction including,
without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or
consolidation the result of which is that any person becomes the
beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of
Acuity Parents Voting Stock (as defined below);
(4) Acuity Parent consolidates with, or merges with or
into, any person, or any person consolidates with, or merges
with or into, Acuity Parent, in any such event pursuant to a
transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of
Acuity Parent or of such other person is converted into or
exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any
such transaction where the shares of Acuity Parents Voting
Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction
constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority
of the Voting Stock of the surviving person immediately after
giving effect to such transaction; or (5) the adoption of a
plan
22
relating to Acuity Parents liquidation or dissolution. For
the purposes of this definition, person and
beneficial owner have the meanings used in
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.
Change of Control Triggering Event means the notes
cease to be rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on
any date during the period (the Trigger Period)
commencing on the first public announcement of the Change of
Control and ending 60 days following consummation of such
Change of Control, which Trigger Period will be extended
following consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any
of the Rating Agencies has publicly announced that it is
considering a possible ratings change. Unless at least one
Rating Agency is providing a rating for the notes at the
commencement of any Trigger Period, the notes will be deemed to
have ceased to be rated Investment Grade during that Trigger
Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Change of Control
Triggering Event will be deemed to have occurred in connection
with any particular Change of Control unless and until such
Change of Control has actually been consummated.
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of
determination, any member of Acuity Parents board of
directors who (1) was a member of Acuity Parents
board of directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated
for election, elected or appointed to Acuity Parents board
of directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing
Directors who were members of Acuity Parents board of
directors at the time of such nomination, election or
appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval by such
directors of Acuity Parents proxy statement in which such
member was named as a nominee for election as a director.)
Investment Grade means a rating equal to or higher
than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moodys or BBB- (or the
equivalent) by S&P and the equivalent investment grade
credit rating from any replacement Rating Agency or Rating
Agencies selected by us.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service,
Inc., a subsidiary of Moodys Corporation, and its
successors.
Rating Agencies means (1) each of Moodys
and S&P; and (2) if any of the Rating Agencies ceases
to provide rating services to issuers or investors, and no
Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred or is occurring,
a nationally recognized statistical rating
organization within the meaning of
Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F)
under the Exchange Act that is selected by Acuity Parent (as
certified by a resolution of its board of directors) as a
replacement for Moodys or S&P, or both of them, as
the case may be.
S&P means Standard & Poors
Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,
and its successors.
Voting Stock of any specified person as of any date
means the capital stock of such person that is at the time
entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of
directors of such person.
The definition of Change of Control includes a
clause relating to the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of Acuity Parent and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the
term substantially all, there is no precise
established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the ability of a Holder to require us to repurchase
its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of less than all of the assets of Acuity
Parent and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to another person
may be uncertain in some circumstances.
A Delaware Chancery Court recently interpreted a
continuing director definition similar to the
Continuing Directors definition above and found
that, under Delaware law, for purposes of such definition, a
board of directors may approve a slate of shareholder-nominated
directors without endorsing them or while simultaneously
recommending and endorsing its own slate instead. The foregoing
interpretation would permit Acuity Parents board of
directors to approve a slate of directors that included a
majority of dissident directors nominated pursuant to a proxy
contest, and the ultimate election of such dissident slate would
not constitute a
23
Change of Control Triggering Event that would
trigger your right to require the Company to repurchase your
notes as described above.
Certain
Covenants
The Indenture will contain, among others, the following
covenants:
Limitations
on Liens
Acuity Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, issue, incur, create, assume or guarantee any
Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon a Principal Property or upon
any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary
without in any such case effectively providing, concurrently
with the issuance, incurrence, creation, assumption or guaranty
of any such secured Indebtedness, or the grant of such Lien,
that the notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or, at
the option of Acuity Parent, prior to) such secured
Indebtedness. The foregoing restriction, however, will not apply
to any of the following:
(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date or provided for under
the terms of agreements existing on the Issue Date;
(2) Liens on property or assets of a person existing at the
time it becomes a Subsidiary, securing Indebtedness of such
person; provided such Indebtedness was not incurred in
connection with such person or entity becoming a Subsidiary and
such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than
those of the person becoming a Subsidiary;
(3) Liens on property or assets of a person existing at the
time such person is merged into or consolidated with Acuity
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or at the time of a sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of a person to
Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
Lien was not incurred in anticipation of the merger,
amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation, sale, lease, transfer,
conveyance, other disposition or other such transaction by which
such person was merged into or consolidated with Acuity Parent
or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) Liens on property or assets securing (1) all or
any portion of the cost of acquiring, constructing, altering,
developing, expanding, improving or repairing any property or
assets, real or personal, or improvements used or to be used in
connection with the property of Acuity Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary or (2) Indebtedness incurred by Acuity Parent or
any Restricted Subsidiary to provide funds for the activities
set forth in clause (1) above.
(5) Liens in favor of Acuity Parent or one or more
Restricted Subsidiary;
(6) Liens on any property or assets securing
(1) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the
construction, installation or financing of pollution control or
abatement facilities or other form of industrial revenue bond
financing or (2) Indebtedness issued or guaranteed by the
United States or any State thereof or any department, agency or
instrumentality of either;
(7) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate
reserves with respect thereto are maintained on Acuity
Parents or any Restricted Subsidiarys books in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;
(8) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers,
warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens,
repairmens or other like Liens arising in the ordinary
course of business of Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
that are not more than 60 days past due or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(9) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade
contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal
bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business;
24
(10) Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under
workers compensation laws, unemployment insurance, old age
pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or
similar legislation;
(11) utility easements, building restrictions and such
other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a
nature generally existing with respect to properties of a
similar character and which do not in any material way affect
the marketability of the same or interfere with the use thereof
in the ordinary course of business of Acuity Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary;
(12) Liens arising under operating agreements or similar
agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business in
respect of obligations which are not yet due or which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(13) Liens on personal property (excluding the Capital
Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary) securing Indebtedness of
Acuity Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than
Indebtedness that matures more than 12 months after its
creation, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(14) Liens which secure a judgment or other court-ordered
award or settlement as to which the Acuity Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary has not exhausted its appellate rights;
(15) Liens to secure Hedging Obligations; and
(16) Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing or
refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or
refundings), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by
Liens referred to above, so long as such Lien is limited to all
or part of substantially the same property which secured the
Lien extended, renewed or replaced, and the amount of
Indebtedness secured is not increased (other than by the amount
equal to any costs and expenses (including any premium, fees or
penalties) incurred in connection with any extension, renewal,
refinancing or refunding).
Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding paragraph,
Acuity Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted
to incur Indebtedness, secured by Liens otherwise prohibited by
this covenant, which, together with the value of Attributable
Debt outstanding pursuant to the second paragraph of the
Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back
Transactions covenant below, do not exceed 15% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets measured at the date of
incurrence of the Lien.
Limitation
on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
Acuity Parent will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction
with respect to any Principal Property, other than any such Sale
and Lease-Back Transaction involving a lease for a term of not
more than three years or any such Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction between Acuity Parent and one of the Restricted
Subsidiaries or between the Restricted Subsidiaries, unless:
(1) Acuity Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary would be
entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the
Principal Property involved in such Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt
with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, without
equally and ratably securing the notes, pursuant to the
Limitation on Liens covenant
above; or
(2) the proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction
are at least equal to the fair market value of the affected
Principal Property (as determined in good faith by Acuity
Parents board of directors) and Acuity Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary applies an amount equal to the net
proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction within
12 months of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction to any
(or a combination) of:
(a) the prepayment or retirement of the notes;
(b) the prepayment, retirement or defeasance (other than
any mandatory retirement, mandatory prepayment or sinking fund
payment or by payment at maturity) of other Indebtedness of
Acuity Parent or of one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other
than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes or
Indebtedness owed to Acuity Parent or one of the Restricted
Subsidiaries) that matures more than 12 months after its
creation; or
25
(c) the acquisition, construction, alteration, development,
expansion, improvement or repair of other property used or to be
used in the ordinary course of business of Acuity Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that for purposes of this
clause (c), any amounts expended to acquire, construct, alter,
develop, expand, improve or repair such other property during
the six months preceding such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction
may also be applied as a credit against the net proceeds from
the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.
Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding paragraph,
Acuity Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted
to enter into Sale and Lease-Back Transactions otherwise
prohibited by this covenant, which, together with all
Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to the second paragraph of the
Limitation on Liens covenant above, do
not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets measured at
the closing date of the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.
Limitation
on Mergers and Other Transactions
The Company may not merge into or consolidate with or sell,
lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of its properties
and assets substantially as an entirety to any person or persons
unless:
(1) the successor entity is a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the United States of America or any
state or the District of Columbia;
(2) the successor corporation assumes by supplemental
indenture all of the obligations of the Company under the
Indenture;
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
event of default will have occurred and be continuing; and
(4) an officers certificate is delivered to the
Trustee to the effect that the conditions set forth above have
been satisfied and an opinion of counsel has been delivered to
the Trustee to the effect that the first condition set forth has
been satisfied.
Acuity Parent may not merge into or consolidate with or sell,
lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose its properties
substantially as an entirety to any person or persons unless:
(1) the successor entity is a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the United States of America or any
state or the District of Columbia;
(2) the successor corporation assumes by supplemental
indenture all of Acuity Parents obligations under the
Indenture, including as guarantor;
(3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no
event of default will have occurred and be continuing; and
(4) an officers certificate is delivered to the
Trustee to the effect that the conditions set forth above have
been satisfied and an opinion of counsel has been delivered to
the Trustee to the effect that the first condition set forth has
been satisfied.
The restrictions above shall not be applicable to:
|
|
|
|
|
the merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation of the
Company or Acuity Parent with an affiliate of ours if Acuity
Parents board of directors determines in good faith that
the purpose of such transaction is principally to change the
state of incorporation or convert the form of organization to
another form; or
|
|
|
|
the merger of the Company or Acuity Parent with or into a single
direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Acuity Parent
pursuant to Section 251(g) (or any successor provision) of
the Delaware General Corporation Law.
|
In the case of any such merger, amalgamation, arrangement,
consolidation, sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition,
but not a lease, in a transaction in which there is a successor
entity, the successor entity will
26
succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company or Acuity
Parent, as the case may be, under the Indenture and, subject to
the terms of the Indenture, the Company or Acuity Parent, as the
case may be, will be released from its obligations under the
Indenture.
Events of
Default
The following are Events of Default with respect to
the notes:
(1) the failure to pay interest on the notes when the same
becomes due and payable, and the Default continues for a period
of 30 days;
(2) the failure to pay the principal (or premium, if any)
of the notes, when such principal (or premium, if any) becomes
due and payable, at maturity, upon acceleration, upon redemption
or otherwise;
(3) a Default in the observance or performance of any other
covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture, and the
Default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company
receives written notice specifying the Default (and demanding
that such Default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders
holding at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the
notes;
(4) failure to pay at maturity, or upon acceleration of,
any Indebtedness of Acuity Parent, the Company
and/or any
other Significant Subsidiary at any one time in an amount in
excess of $50.0 million, if the Indebtedness is not
discharged or the acceleration is not annulled within
60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee
or the Holders holding at least 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding notes; or
(5) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency affecting
Acuity Parent, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified
in clause (5) above), shall occur and be continuing, the
Trustee or the Holders holding at least 25% of the principal
amount of the notes may declare the principal of and accrued
interest on the notes to be due and payable by notice in writing
to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event
of Default and that it is a notice of acceleration,
and the same shall become immediately due and payable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified
in clause (5) above occurs and is continuing, then all
unpaid principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid
interest on the notes shall automatically become and be
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
The Indenture provides that, at any time after a declaration of
acceleration with respect to the notes as described in the
preceding paragraph, the Holders holding a majority in principal
amount of the notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and
its consequences if:
(1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or
decree;
(2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or
waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has
become due solely because of the acceleration;
(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful,
interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue
principal, which has become due otherwise than by such
declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and
(4) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable
compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses,
disbursements and advances.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Event of Default
or impair any right consequent thereto.
Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the notes may
waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences, except a Default in the payment of the principal
of or interest on the notes.
27
Holders may not enforce the Indenture except as provided in the
Indenture and under the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to the
provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of
its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request, order
or direction of any of the Holders. No Holder shall have any
right to institute any proceeding with respect to any remedy
available under the Indenture unless such Holder or Holders have
offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all
provisions of the Indenture and applicable law, the Holders
holding a majority in the principal amount of the notes will
have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee. Nothing herein shall impair the right of a Holder to
institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with
respect to the notes.
The Company will be required to provide an officers
certificate to the Trustee promptly upon any such officer
obtaining knowledge of any Default or Event of Default (provided
that such officers shall provide such certification at least
annually whether or not they know of any Default or Event of
Default) that has occurred and, if applicable, describe such
Default or Event of Default and the status thereof.
Certain
Definitions
The following is a summary of certain of the defined terms used
in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the
definition of all terms used herein for which no definition is
provided.
Attributable Debt means, with respect to a Sale and
Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any Principal Property,
at the time of determination, the present value of the total net
amount of rent (for the avoidance of doubt, net amount of
rent excludes amounts required to be paid on account of
maintenance and repairs, reconstruction insurance, taxes,
assessments, water rates and similar charges and contingent
rates, such as those based on net sales) required to be paid
under such lease during the remaining term thereof (including
any period for which such lease has been extended), discounted
at the rate of interest set forth or implicit in the terms of
such lease (or, if not practicable to determine such rate, the
weighted average interest rate per annum borne by the notes then
outstanding under the Indenture) compounded semi-annually. In
the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the
payment of a penalty, such net amount shall be the lesser of
(x) the net amount determined assuming termination upon the
first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the net
amount shall also include the amount of the penalty, but shall
not include any rent that would be required to be paid under
such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so
terminated) or (y) the net amount determined assuming no
such termination.
Capital Stock means:
(1) with respect to any person that is a corporation, any
and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
(however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate
stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock
of such person, and all options, warrants or other rights to
purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and
(2) with respect to any person that is not a corporation,
any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of
such person, and all options, warrants or other rights to
purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets means, as of any
date on which Acuity Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary effects a
transaction requiring such Consolidated Net Tangible Assets to
be measured hereunder, the aggregate amount of assets (less
applicable reserves) after deducting therefrom: (1) all
current liabilities, except for current maturities of long-term
debt and obligations under capital leases; and
(2) intangible assets (including goodwill), to the extent
included in said aggregate amount of assets, all as set forth on
the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Acuity Parent and
its subsidiaries and computed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
applied on a consistent basis.
Default means an event or condition the occurrence
of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice
or both would be, an Event of Default.
28
Hedging Obligations means:
(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to
floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements;
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage
interest rates or interest rate risk;
(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect
against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity
prices; and
(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect
against fluctuations in equity prices.
Indebtedness means with respect to any person,
without duplication:
(1) all obligations of such person for borrowed
money; and
(2) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments.
Issue Date means the date of original issuance of
the notes but not any additional debt securities.
Lien means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust,
hypothecation, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance
of any kind.
Principal Property means any manufacturing plant or
facility located within the United States of America (other than
its territories or possessions) owned by Acuity Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary which in the good faith opinion of Acuity
Parents board of directors, is of material importance to
the total business conducted by Acuity Parent and the Restricted
Subsidiaries as a whole.
Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of Acuity
Parent (1) substantially all the property of which is
located, or substantially all the business of which is carried
on, within the United States of America (not including its
territories and possessions) and (2) that owns a Principal
Property; provided that the term Restricted
Subsidiary will not include any Subsidiary that is
principally engaged in financing the operations of Acuity
Parent, or its Subsidiaries, or both, outside of the United
States of America.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction means any
arrangement with any person providing for the leasing by us of
any Principal Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
which Principal Property has been or is to be sold or
transferred by us to such person.
Significant Subsidiaries means any Subsidiary that
is a significant subsidiary within the meaning of
Rule 1-02(w)
of
Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act.
Subsidiary means any corporation, limited liability
company, limited partnership or other similar type of business
entity in which Acuity Parent
and/or one
or more of its Subsidiaries together own more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of capital stock entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the
election of the board of directors or similar governing body of
such corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership
or other similar type of business entity, directly or indirectly.
Modification
of the Indenture
From time to time, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee,
without the consent of the Holders, may amend the Indenture and
the terms of the notes for certain specified purposes, including:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or
in place of certificated notes;
(3) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to
effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act;
(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of
appointment by a successor Trustee;
29
(6) to conform the terms of the Indenture, the notes
and/or the
guarantees to any provision or other description of the notes or
guarantees, as the case may be, contained in this prospectus;
(7) to provide for the assumption by a successor
corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of
the Companys or the Guarantors obligations under the
Indenture and the notes, in each case in compliance with the
provisions thereof;
(8) to provide for the issuance of registered notes, which
shall have terms substantially identical in all material
respects to the initial notes issued under the Indenture (except
that the transfer restrictions contained in the initial notes
shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there will
be no registration rights), and which will be treated, together
with any outstanding initial notes, as a single issue of
securities;
(9) to provide for the issuance of any additional notes
under the Indenture;
(10) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities
depository;
(11) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders (including to secure the
notes, add guarantees with respect thereto, transfer any
property to or with the Trustee, add to the Companys
covenants for the benefit of the Holders, add any additional
events of default for the notes, or surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors) or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder in any
material respect;
(12) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of
principal or premium, if any, on notes in registered form;
provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the
interests of the Holders in any material respect; or
(13) supplement any provision of the Indenture as shall be
necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge
of the notes in accordance with the Indenture; provided that
such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any of
the Holders in any material respect.
In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee will be
entitled to rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate,
including, without limitation, solely on an opinion of counsel.
Other modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made
with the consent of the Holders holding a majority in principal
amount of all then outstanding notes, except that, without the
consent of each Holder, no amendment may:
(1) reduce the principal amount of outstanding notes whose
Holders must consent to an amendment;
(2) reduce the rate of, change or have the effect of
changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted
interest, on the notes;
(3) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of
changing the fixed maturity of the notes, or change the date on
which the notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or
reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefore;
(4) make the notes payable in currency other than that
stated in the notes or change the place of payment of the notes
from that stated in the notes or in the Indenture;
(5) make any change in provisions of the Indenture
protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of
principal of and interest on the notes on or after the due date
thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting
Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the notes to
waive Defaults or Events of Default;
(6) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to
the Holders the terms and conditions of the obligations of the
Guarantors under the guarantees;
(7) make any change to or modify the ranking of the notes
that would adversely affect the Holders; or
(8) make any change in these amendment and waiver
provisions.
30
Satisfaction,
Discharge and Defeasance
The Company and the Guarantors may terminate their obligations
under the Indenture, when:
(1) either:
(a) all the notes that have been authenticated and
delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or
(b) all the notes issued that have not been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will
become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year
(discharge) or are to be called for redemption
within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
for the giving of notice of redemption by such Trustee in the
Companys name and at the Companys expense, and the
Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
sufficient funds to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on
the notes to pay principal (and premium, if any), interest and
any additional amounts;
(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other
sums then due and payable under the Indenture; and
(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
officers certificate or an opinion of counsel stating that
all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied
with.
The Company and the Guarantors may elect to have their
obligations under the Indenture discharged with respect to the
outstanding notes (legal defeasance). Legal
defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid
and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding notes and to have satisfied all of its obligations
under the notes and the Indenture, except for:
(1) the rights of holders of the notes to receive principal
(and premium, if any), interest, if any, on the notes and any
additional amounts when due;
(2) the Companys obligations with respect to the
notes concerning the issuance of temporary notes; registration
and transfer of notes; replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen notes; compensation of the Trustee from time to time
for its services rendered under the Indenture; maintenance of an
office or agency for payment; and holding in trust sums
sufficient for the payment of additional amounts, if any;
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of
the Trustee; and
(4) the legal defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
In addition, the Company and the Guarantors may elect to have
their obligations released with respect to certain covenants in
the Indenture (covenant defeasance). Any failure to
comply with these obligations will not constitute an Event of
Default with respect to the notes. In the event covenant
defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment,
bankruptcy and insolvency events) described under
Events of Default will no longer
constitute an event of default.
In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance with respect to outstanding notes:
(1) the Company or the Guarantors must irrevocably have
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust
funds for the purpose of making the following payments,
specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to
the benefit of the Holders:
(a) money in dollars or in such foreign currency in which
the notes are payable in at stated maturity;
(b) non-callable U.S. government obligations; or
(c) a combination of money and non-callable
U.S. government obligations,
in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the written
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by
the Trustee to
31
pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on the outstanding notes on the day on which such
payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture and of the notes. Before such deposit, the Company may
make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption
of any notes at a future date in accordance with any redemption
provisions contained in any supplemental indenture relating to
such notes, which shall be given effect in applying the
foregoing;
(2) in the case of legal defeasance, the Company has
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect
that (i) the Company shall have received from, or there has
been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
(ii) since the date of the Indenture there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case
to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm
that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance
and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts,
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company has
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect
that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant
defeasance and will be subject to the same federal income tax as
would be the case if the covenant defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Event of Default or event with which notice of lapse
of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to
the notes has occurred and is continuing at the time of such
deposit;
(5) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not
cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest for the
purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any of the
Companys or the Guarantors securities;
(6) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to
which the Company or the Guarantors are a party, or by which the
Company or the Guarantors are bound;
(7) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not
cause any securities listed on any registered national stock
exchange under the Exchange Act to be delisted;
(8) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will be
effected in compliance with any additional terms, conditions or
limitations which may be imposed on the Company or the
Guarantors in connection therewith; and
(9) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
officers certificate and an opinion of counsel stating
that all conditions precedent with respect to such legal
defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.
Reports
to Trustee
The Indenture governing the notes provides that any document or
report that Acuity Parent is required to file with the SEC
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act will be
filed with the Trustee within 15 days after such document
or report is filed with the SEC.
The
Trustee
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, will act as trustee for
the notes. We have other customary banking relationships with
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and its affiliates in
the ordinary course of business.
The Indenture will provide that, except during the continuance
of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such
duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture. During
the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise
such rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use
the same
32
degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
its own affairs.
The Indenture and the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should
it become a creditor of us, to obtain payments of claims in
certain cases or to realize on certain property received in
respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. Subject to
the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee will be permitted to
engage in other transactions; provided that if the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest as described in the
Trust Indenture Act, it must eliminate such conflict or
resign.
No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees,
Incorporator and Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent, stockholder
or affiliate of Acuity Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, as
such, shall have any liability for any obligations of Acuity
Parent or any of its Subsidiaries under the notes or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason
of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by
accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. This
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the notes.
Unclaimed
Funds
All funds deposited with the Trustee or any paying agent for the
payment of principal, interest, premium or additional amounts in
respect of the notes that remain unclaimed for two years after
the maturity date of such notes will be repaid to the Company
upon its request. Thereafter, any right of any Holder to such
funds shall be enforceable only against the Company, and the
Trustee and paying agents will have no liability therefore.
Governing
Law
The notes, the guarantees and the Indenture will be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
York.
Book-entry
Settlement and Clearance
Book-Entry
Procedures
The new notes will be issued in the form of one or more fully
registered global securities in a minimum denomination of $2,000
or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof that will be
deposited with DTC in New York, New York or its nominee. This
means that the Company will not issue certificates to each
holder. Each global security will be issued in the name of
Cede & Co., DTCs nominee, which will keep a
computerized record of its participants (for example, your
broker) whose clients have purchased new notes. The participant
will then keep a record of its clients who purchased the new
notes. Unless it is exchanged in whole or in part for a
certificate, a global security may not be transferred, except
that DTC, its nominees, and their successors may transfer a
global security as a whole to one another.
Beneficial interests in global securities will be shown on, and
transfers of global securities will be made only through,
records maintained by DTC and its participants. If you are not a
participant in DTC, you may beneficially own new notes held by
DTC only through a participant.
The laws of some states require that certain purchasers of
securities take physical delivery of such securities in
definitive form. Such limits and laws may impair the ability to
transfer beneficial interests in a global security.
DTC has provided the Company with the following information: DTC
is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York
Banking Law, a banking organization within the
meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal
Reserve System, a clearing corporation within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a
clearing agency registered pursuant to the
provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
DTC holds securities that its direct participants deposit with
DTC. DTC also facilitates the settlement among direct
participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and
pledges, in deposited securities
33
through electronic computerized book-entry changes in direct
participants accounts, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of securities certificates. Direct
participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks,
trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other
organizations.
DTC is owned by a number of its direct participants and by the
New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange LLC,
and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Access to
the DTC system is also available to others such as securities
brokers and dealers, banks, and trust companies that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct
participant, either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable
to DTC and its participants are on file with the SEC.
Purchases of new notes represented by one or more global
securities under the DTC system must be made by or through
direct participants, which will receive a credit for the new
notes on DTCs records. The ownership interest of each
beneficial owner of each note is in turn to be recorded on the
direct and indirect participants records. Beneficial
owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their
purchase, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written
confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as
periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or
indirect participant through which the beneficial owner entered
into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the
new notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of
participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial
owners will not receive certificates representing their
ownership interests in new notes, except in the event that use
of the book-entry system for the new notes is discontinued.
To facilitate subsequent transfers, all new notes deposited by
direct participants with DTC are registered in the name of
DTCs partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such
other name as may be requested by an authorized representative
of DTC. The deposit of new notes with DTC and their registration
in the name of Cede & Co. or such other nominee do not
effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge
of the actual beneficial owners of the new notes; DTCs
records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to
whose accounts such new notes are credited, which may or may not
be the beneficial owners. The participants will remain
responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of
their customers.
Delivery of notices and other communications by DTC to direct
participants, by direct participants to indirect participants,
and by direct participants and indirect participants to
beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them,
subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in
effect from time to time. Redemption notices, if any, will be
sent to DTC. If less than all of the new notes within an issue
are being redeemed, DTCs practice is to determine by lot
the amount of the interest of each direct participant in such
issue to be redeemed.
Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor such other DTC
nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the new notes.
Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to the
Company as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus
proxy assigns Cede & Co.s consenting or voting
rights to those direct participants to whose accounts the new
notes are credited on the record date (identified in a listing
attached to the omnibus proxy).
Redemption proceeds and distributions on the new notes will be
made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be
requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTCs
practice is to credit direct participants accounts, upon
DTCs receipt of funds and corresponding detail information
from the Company or the paying agent on payable date in
accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTCs
records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be
governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is
the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in
bearer form or registered in street name, and will
be the responsibility of each participant and not of DTC, the
paying agent, or the Company, subject to any statutory or
regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.
Payment of redemption proceeds and distributions to
Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested
by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of
the Company or the paying agent, disbursement of such payments
to direct participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and
disbursement of such payments to the beneficial owners will be
the responsibility of direct and indirect participants.
34
A beneficial owner must give notice to elect to have its new
notes purchased or tendered, through its participant, to the
paying agent, and will effect delivery of the new notes by
causing the direct participant to transfer the
participants interest in the new notes, on DTCs
records, to the paying agent. The requirement for physical
delivery of the new notes in connection with an optional tender
or a mandatory purchase will be deemed satisfied when the
ownership rights in the new notes are transferred by direct
participants on DTCs records and followed by a book-entry
credit of tendered securities to the paying agents DTC
account.
DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities
depository with respect to the new notes at any time by giving
reasonable notice to us or the paying agent. Under such
circumstances, in the event that a successor securities
depository is not obtained, note certificates are required to be
printed and delivered. The Company may decide to discontinue use
of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC (or a
successor securities depository). In that event, note
certificates will be printed and delivered.
The information in this section concerning DTC and DTCs
book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe
to be reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for its
accuracy.
Same-day
Settlement and Payment
The new notes will trade in the
same-day
funds settlement system of DTC until maturity or until the
Company issues the new notes in certificated form. DTC will
therefore require secondary market trading activity in the new
notes to settle in immediately available funds. The Company can
give no assurance as to the effect, if any, of settlement in
immediately available funds on trading activity in the new notes.
Euroclear
and Clearstream, Luxembourg
If the depositary for a global security is DTC, you may hold
interests in the global notes through Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.,
as operator of the Euroclear System (Euroclear) or
Clearstream Banking, société anonyme
(Clearstream, Luxembourg), in each case, as a
participant in DTC.
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg will hold interests, in
each case, on behalf of their participants through
customers securities accounts in the names of Euroclear
and Clearstream, Luxembourg on the books of their respective
depositaries, which in turn will hold such interests in
customers securities in the depositaries names on
DTCs books.
Payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices and other
matters relating to the new notes made through Euroclear or
Clearstream, Luxembourg must comply with the rules and
procedures of those systems. Those systems could change their
rules and procedures at any time. The Company has no control
over those systems or their participants, and the Company takes
no responsibility for their activities. Transactions between
participants in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, on the one
hand, and other participants in DTC, on the other hand, would
also be subject to DTCs rules and procedures.
Investors will be able to make and receive through Euroclear and
Clearstream, Luxembourg payments, deliveries, transfers,
exchanges, notices and other transactions involving any
securities held through those systems only on days when those
systems are open for business. Those systems may not be open for
business on days when banks, brokers and other institutions are
open for business in the United States.
In addition, because of time-zone differences,
U.S. investors who hold their interests in the new notes
through these systems and wish, on a particular day, to transfer
their interests, or to receive or make a payment or delivery or
exercise any other right with respect to their interests, may
find that the transaction will not be effected until the next
business day in Luxembourg or Brussels, as applicable. Thus,
investors who wish to exercise rights that expire on a
particular day may need to act before the expiration date. In
addition, investors who hold their interests through both DTC
and Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg may need to make
special arrangements to finance any purchase or sales of their
interests between the U.S. and European clearing systems,
and those transactions may settle later than transactions within
one clearing system.
35
Principal
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange
Offer
The following discussion is a summary of material
U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange offer
to holders of old notes, but is not a complete analysis of all
potential tax effects. The summary below is based upon the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), regulations of the Treasury Department,
administrative rulings and pronouncements of the Internal
Revenue Service and judicial decisions, all of which are subject
to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does
not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences
that may be applicable to particular holders, including dealers
in securities, financial institutions, insurance companies and
tax-exempt organizations. In addition, this summary does not
consider the effect of any foreign, state, local, gift, estate
or other tax laws that may be applicable to a particular holder.
This summary applies only to a holder that acquired old notes at
original issue for cash and holds such old notes as a capital
asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer
will not constitute a taxable event to holders for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or
loss will be recognized by a holder upon receipt of a new note,
the holders holding period for the new note will include
the holders holding period for the old note exchanged
therefore, and the holders basis in the new note will be
the same as the holders basis in the old note immediately
before the exchange.
Persons considering the exchange of old notes for new notes
should consult their own tax advisors concerning the
U.S. federal income tax consequences to them in light of
their particular situations as well as any consequences arising
under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Plan of
Distribution
For a period of 135 days from the date on which the
exchange offer is consummated, we will promptly send additional
copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to
this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such
documents. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the
exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any
broker-dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes,
including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account
pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new
notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes
where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for
a period of 135 days after the date on which the exchange
offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus, as amended
or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale. In addition,
until ,
2010, all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may be
required to deliver a prospectus.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by
broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their
own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time
to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to
or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in
the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it
for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any
broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new
notes may be deemed to be an underwriter within the
meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale
of new notes and any commission or concessions received by any
such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under
the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
36
For a period of 135 days after the date on which the
exchange offer is consummated we will promptly send additional
copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to
this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such
documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay
all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the
expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes) other than
commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will
indemnify the holders of the notes (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
Legal
Matters
The validity of the new notes and guarantees will be passed upon
for us by King & Spalding LLP, Atlanta, Georgia.
Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
Our financial statements and the related financial statement
schedule incorporated in this prospectus by reference to
Acuitys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
as of and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 have
been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report,
which is incorporated herein by reference.
Where You
Can Find More Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any
document we file at the SECs public reference room at
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on its public reference room. Our SEC
filings are also available to the public at the SECs web
site at
http://www.sec.gov.
Incorporation
by Reference
The SEC allows certain issuers, including Acuity, to
incorporate by reference information in documents
that have been filed with it. We have elected to use a similar
procedure in connection with this prospectus, which means that
we can disclose important information about us by referring you
to those documents that are considered part of this prospectus.
Any statement contained in this prospectus or a document
incorporated by reference in this prospectus will be deemed to
be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the
extent that a statement contained herein or therein, or in any
other subsequently filed document that also is deemed to be
incorporated herein or therein by reference, modifies or
supersedes such statement. A statement so modified or superseded
will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this prospectus. We incorporate by
reference the documents listed below and any future filings made
with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange
Act); provided, however, that we are not incorporating by
reference any information furnished (but not filed) under
Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of any Current Report on
Form 8-K:
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009;
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q
for the quarters ended November 30, 2009, February 28,
2010 and May 31, 2010;
|
|
|
|
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
dated October 2, 2009, October 7, 2009 (Item 8.01
only), November 16, 2009, December 1, 2009 (2
filings), December 3, 2009, December 7, 2009,
December 9, 2009, December 10, 2009, January 11,
2010, January 25, 2010, February 9, 2010,
March 31, 2010 (Item 8.01 only), June 25, 2010
(Item 8.01 only) and June 30, 2010; and
|
|
|
|
Definitive Proxy Statement for Acuity Parents Annual
Meeting of Stockholders held on January 8, 2010.
|
37
You may request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing
to or telephoning us at the following address:
Acuity Brands, Inc.
1170 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
Attention: Investor Relations
(404) 853-1400
You should rely only on the information incorporated by
reference or provided in this prospectus and any supplement
hereto. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with
different information. We are not making an offer of these
securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You
should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any
supplement hereto is accurate as of any date other than the date
on the front of the document and that any information we have
incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than
the date of the document incorporated by reference.
38
Acuity Brands Lighting,
Inc.
Offer to Exchange
Up to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(which we refer to as the new notes)
and the guarantees thereof which have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for $350,000,000 of our outstanding
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(which we refer to as the old notes
and, together with the new notes, as the notes)
and the guarantees thereof
PROSPECTUS
Until the date that is 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these
securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may
be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
PART II:
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 20.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Acuity
Brands Lighting, Inc. and Acuity Brands, Inc.
Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the
DGCL) provides that a Delaware corporation may
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the
corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the
person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the persons
conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware
corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that
such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above,
against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the
defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted
in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,
except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the
extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such
action or suit was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the
court shall deem proper.
Further subsections of DGCL Section 145 provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
to the extent a present or former director or officer of a
corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall
be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys fees,
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
therewith;
|
|
|
|
the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for
pursuant to Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of
any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or
advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw,
agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise; and
|
|
|
|
the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain
insurance of behalf of any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability
asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any
such capacity, or arising out of such persons status as
such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.
|
As used in this Item 20, the term proceeding
means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or
proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of Registrant, and
whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or
otherwise.
Section 145 of the DGCL makes provision for the
indemnification of officers and directors in terms sufficiently
broad to indemnify officers and directors of each of the
registrants incorporated in Delaware under
II-1
certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement
for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the Act).
The Companys and Acuity Parents bylaws grant their
directors and officers a right to indemnification to the fullest
extent permitted by law for all expenses relating to civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative procedures to which
they are a party (i) by reason of the fact that they are or
were directors or officers of the company or (ii) by reason
of the fact that, while they are or were directors or officers
of the company, they are or were serving at the request of the
company as a director, officer or employee of another
enterprise. The Companys and Acuity Parents bylaws
further provide that an advancement for any such expenses shall
only be made upon delivery to the company by the indemnitee of
an undertaking to repay all amounts so advanced if it is
ultimately determined that such indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified by the company.
The Companys and Acuity Parents certificates of
incorporation provides that a director of the company shall not
be personally liable to the company or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the
directors duty of loyalty to the company or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation
of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the
Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize
corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal
liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
Acuity Parent has also entered into indemnification agreements
with certain of its directors and officers. These agreements
require Acuity Parent to indemnify these directors and officers
with respect to their activities as directors or officers of
Acuity Parent or when serving at Acuity Parents request as
a director, officer or trustee of another corporation, trust or
other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys
fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually
and reasonably incurred by them in any threatened, pending or
completed suit or proceeding (civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative) to which they are, or are threatened to be made,
parties as a result of their service to Acuity Parent. Acuity
Parent has agreed to indemnify each indemnitee for any one or a
combination of the following, whichever is most advantageous to
the indemnitee, as determined by the indemnitee: (i) the
benefits provided by Acuity Parents certificate of
incorporation and bylaws in effect on the date of the
indemnification agreement; (ii) the benefits provided by
Acuity Parents certificate of incorporation and bylaws at
the time expenses are incurred by the indemnitee; (iii) the
benefits allowable under Delaware law in effect on the date of
the indemnification agreement; (iv) the benefits allowable
under the law of the jurisdiction under which Acuity Parent
exists at the time expenses are incurred by the indemnitee;
(v) the benefits available under liability insurance
obtained by Acuity Parent; and (vi) such other benefits as
may be otherwise available to the indemnitee under Acuity
Parents existing practices. Under the indemnification
agreements, each indemnitee will continue to be indemnified even
after ceasing to occupy a position as an officer, director,
employee or agent of Acuity Parent with respect to suits or
proceedings arising out of acts or omissions during his service
to Acuity Parent. Each indemnitee has agreed to notify Acuity
Parent promptly of any proceeding brought or threatened and not
to make any admission or settlement without Acuity Parents
consent, unless the indemnitee determines to undertake his own
defense and waives the benefits of the indemnification agreement.
Acuity Parent also maintains directors and officers
liability insurance for its directors and officers.
ABL IP
Holding LLC
Section 14-11-306
of the Georgia Limited Liability Company Act provides that,
subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set
forth in the articles of organization or a written operating
agreement, a Georgia limited liability company may, and has the
power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or
other person from and against any and all claims and demands
whatsoever, arising in connection with the limited liability
company; provided, however, that no limited liability company
shall have the power to indemnify any member or manager for any
liability that may not be eliminated or limited by the articles
or
II-2
organization or a written operating agreement by reason of
division (4)(A)(i) or (ii) of Code
Section 14-11-305.
ABL IP Holding LLCs operating agreement provides that ABL
IP Holding shall indemnify and hold harmless each member,
manager, and officer of ABL IP Holding against any and all
liabilities, claims and demands whatsoever relating to or
arising out of any action, inaction, or omission in connection
with ABL IP Holding to the fullest extent permitted by the
Georgia Limited Liability Company Act against all expense,
liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such
person in connection therewith.
The exhibits listed below in the Index to Exhibits
are part of this Registration Statement on
Form S-4
and are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of
Regulation S-K.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
arising after the effective date of the registration statement
(or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in
volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to
Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and
price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate
offering price set forth in the Calculation of
Registration Fee table in the effective registration
statement; and
(iii) To include any material information with respect to
the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for purposes of determining any liability under
the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrants
annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each
filing of an employee benefit plans annual report pursuant
to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration
statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
(3) That, for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective
amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of
such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
(4) That, for purposes of determining liability under the
Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:
(i) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as
part of the registration statement relating to an offering,
other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or
other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A,
shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration
statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness.
Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration
statement or prospectus that is part of the registration
statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed
incorporated by reference into the registration statement or
prospectus that is
II-3
part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with
a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or
modify any statement that was made in the registration statement
or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or
made in any such document immediately prior to such date of
first use.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the
registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in
the initial distribution of securities:
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering
of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this
registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities
are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the
following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a
seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell
such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(6) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to
directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(7) To respond to requests for information that is
incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business
day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated
documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means.
This includes information contained in documents filed
subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement
through the date of responding to the request.
(8) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all
information concerning a transaction, and the company being
acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
II-4
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of
Georgia, on the 30th day of June 2010
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
Vernon J. Nagel
President and Chief Executive Officer
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Richard K. Reece and C.
Dan Smith, Jr., and each of them his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead,
in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to
this registration statement, and to file the same with all
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as
fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the
30th day of June 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Vernon
J. Nagel
Vernon
J. Nagel
|
|
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard
K. Reece
Richard
K. Reece
|
|
Director and Executive Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ C.
Dan Smith, Jr.
C.
Dan Smith, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
II-5
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of
Georgia, on the 30th day of June 2010
Acuity Brands, Inc.
Vernon J. Nagel
President and Chief Executive Officer
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Richard K. Reece and C.
Dan Smith, Jr. and each of them his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead,
in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to
this registration statement, and to file the same with all
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as
fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the
30th day of June 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Vernon
J. Nagel
Vernon
J. Nagel
|
|
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard
K. Reece
Richard
K. Reece
|
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Peter
C. Browning
Peter
C. Browning
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
L. Clendenin
John
L. Clendenin
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ George
C. (Jack) Guynn
George
C. (Jack) Guynn
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Gordon
D. Harnett
Gordon
D. Harnett
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert
F. McCullough
Robert
F. McCullough
|
|
Director
|
II-6
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Julia
B. North
Julia
B. North
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ray
M. Robinson
Ray
M. Robinson
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Neil
Williams
Neil
Williams
|
|
Director
|
II-7
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the
undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of
Georgia, on the 30th day of June 2010
ABL IP Holding LLC
Vernon J. Nagel
President and Chief Executive Officer
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Richard K. Reece and C.
Dan Smith, Jr. and each of them his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead,
in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to
this registration statement, and to file the same with all
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as
fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the
30th day of June 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Vernon
J. Nagel
Vernon
J. Nagel
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard
K. Reece
Richard
K. Reece
|
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Barry
R. Goldman
Barry
R. Goldman
|
|
Manager
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeremy
M. Quick
Jeremy
M. Quick
|
|
Manager
|
|
|
|
/s/ C.
Dan Smith, Jr.
C.
Dan Smith, Jr.
|
|
Manager
|
II-8
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger among Acuity Brands, Inc., Acuity
Merger Sub, Inc. and Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc., dated
September 25, 2007.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on September 26, 2007, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
2
|
.2
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Distribution by and between Acuity Brands,
Inc. and Zep Inc., dated as of October 31, 2007.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 2.1 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on November 6, 2007, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
2
|
.3
|
|
Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 18, 2009 by and
between Acuity Brands, Inc., Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.,
Sensor Switch, Inc., and Brian Platner.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 2.1 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on March 18, 2009, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
3
|
.1*
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Acuity
Brands Lighting, Inc. (formerly L&C Lighting Group, Inc.
and Acuity Lighting Group, Inc.), dated as of July 27, 2001.
|
|
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of Acuity Brands Lightning, Inc., dated
as of November 9, 2001.
|
|
|
|
3
|
.3*
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of Acuity Brands Lightning, Inc., dated
as of January 29, 2007.
|
|
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
(formerly L&C Lighting Group, Inc.), dated as of
July 31, 2001.
|
|
|
|
3
|
.5
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Acuity Brands, Inc.
(formerly Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc.), dated as of
September 26, 2007.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 3.1 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on September 26, 2007, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
3
|
.6
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of Acuity Brands, Inc. (formerly Acuity
Brands Holdings, Inc.), dated as of September 26, 2007.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 3.2 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on September 26, 2007, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
3
|
.7
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Acuity Brands, Inc., (formerly
Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc.) dated as of January 8, 2009.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 3.1 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on October 7, 2008, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
3
|
.8*
|
|
Articles of Organization of ABL IP Holding LLC, dated as of
September 20, 2007.
|
|
|
|
3
|
.9*
|
|
Operating Agreement of ABL IP Holding LLC, dated as of
September 20, 2007.
|
|
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2009, among Acuity
Brands Lighting, Inc., as issuer, Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP
Holding LLC as guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association.
|
|
|
|
4
|
.2*
|
|
Form of 6.00% Senior Secured Exchange Note due 2014
(included in Exhibit 4.1 hereto)
|
|
|
|
4
|
.3*
|
|
Form of Subsidiary Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1
hereto).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 8, 2009, by
and among Acuity Brands Lighting, Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP
Holding LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as initial purchasers.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 4.3 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on December 9, 2009, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Form of Certificate representing Acuity Brands, Inc. Common
Stock.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 4.1 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on December 14, 2001, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
4
|
.6
|
|
Stockholder Protection Rights Agreement between Acuity Brands,
Inc. (formerly Acuity Brands Holdings, Inc.) and The Bank of New
York, dated as of September 25, 2007.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 4.2 of Acuity Parents Form
8-K as filed with the Commission on September 26, 2007, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
4
|
.7
|
|
Letter Agreement appointing Successor Rights Agent.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 4(c) of Acuity Parents Form
10-Q as filed with the Commission on July 14, 2003, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of King & Spalding LLP regarding legality of
securities being offered.
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 12 of Acuity Parents Form
10-Q as filed with the Commission on June 30, 2010, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
23
|
.1*
|
|
Consent of King & Spalding LLP (included as part of
its opinions filed as Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 hereto).
|
|
|
|
23
|
.4*
|
|
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
|
|
|
|
24
|
.1*
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages).
|
|
|
|
25
|
.1*
|
|
Form T-1,
Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
|
|
|
|
99
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
|
|
99
|
.2*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
|
|
|
exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
|
|
|
|
|
STATE OF DELAWARE
|
|
|
|
|
SECRETARY OF STATE |
|
|
|
|
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS |
|
|
|
|
FILED 09:00 AM 07/27/2001 |
|
|
|
|
010366210 3409762 |
|
|
|
|
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Corporation), hereby
certifies as follows:
1. The name of the Corporation is L & C Lighting Group, Inc. The date of filing
of its original certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State was July 3,
2001.
2. The Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.
3. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends, restates and integrates the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation as currently in effect of said
Corporation and has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections
241 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law by written consent of the
incorporators in a manner and by the vote prescribed by Sections 241 and 245 the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, no directors having been named in
the Certificate of Incorporation and no directors having been elected.
4. The Certificate of Incorporation as currently in effect is hereby amended
and restated to read as set forth in full herein:
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be: L & C Lighting Group, Inc.
SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville
Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such
address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware,
and the Corporation shall have all powers necessary to engage in such acts or activities,
including, but not limited to, the powers enumerated in the General Corporation Law of Delaware or
any amendment thereto.
FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue
is: Ten Thousand (10,000) common shares, $1.00 par value.
FIFTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
SIXTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding
the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i)
for breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or
repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged
liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such
director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporators have executed, signed and
acknowledged this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 27th day of
July, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Beth E. Barnhart
|
|
|
Beth E. Barnhart, Incorporator |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ A. Lark Ivester
|
|
|
A. Lark Ivester, Incorporator |
|
|
|
|
|
exv3w2
Exhibit 3.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STATE OF DELAWARE |
|
|
|
|
SECRETARY OF STATE |
|
|
|
|
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS |
|
|
|
|
FILED 09:00 AM 11/09/2001 |
|
|
|
|
010570610 3409762 |
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
It is hereby certified that:
FIRST: The name of the corporation is L & C Lighting Group, Inc.
SECOND: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is
hereby amended by striking out Article 1 thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article
the following new Article:
FIRST: The name of the corporation is Acuity Lighting Group, Inc.
THIRD: The amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein
certified has been duly adopted and written consent has been given in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment of Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 9th day of November, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenyon W. Murphy
|
|
|
Name: |
Kenyon W. Murphy |
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President and General Counsel |
|
|
exv3w3
Exhibit 3.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State of Delaware |
|
|
|
|
Secretary of State |
|
|
|
|
Division of Corporations |
|
|
|
|
Delivered 02:20 PM 01/29/2007 |
|
|
|
|
FILED 02:19 PM 01/29/2007 |
|
|
|
|
SRV 070096441 3409762 FILE |
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ACUITY LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware Genera! Corporation
Law, the undersigned Acuity Lighting Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Corporation) adopts the following Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of
Incorporation:
I.
The
name of the Corporation is Acuity Lighting Group, Inc.
II.
This Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted
and written consent has been given in accordance with the provisions of Sections
228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
III.
The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended by
deleting Article First in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
IV.
This Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation shall become
effective on February 1, 2007 at 12:01 a.m.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of
Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Acuity Lighting Group, Inc. this 29th day of January, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACUITY LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Vernon J. Nagel
|
|
|
Name: |
Vernon J. Nagel |
|
|
Title: |
Chairman |
|
|
exv3w4
Exhibit 3.4
L & C LIGHTING GROUP, INC.
BY-LAWS
(as adopted July 31, 2001)
(A Delaware Corporation)
1. OFFICES AND AGENT
1.1 Registered Office and Agent. The registered office of the Corporation within the
State of Delaware shall be 2711 Centerville Road in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle,
and the name of the registered agent in charge thereof is Corporation Service Company.
1.2 Other Offices. In addition to its registered office within the State of Delaware,
the Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of
Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the
Corporation may require or make desirable.
2. STOCKHOLDERS MEETINGS
2.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors
or for any other purpose shall be held at any place either within or without the State of Delaware
as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or, if it fails to act, the
Chairman of the Board, or if he or she fails to act, the President, and shall be stated in the
notice of meeting or a duly executed waiver thereof.
2.2 Quorum Adjournment. The holders of one-third of the voting power of the stock of
the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, present
in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders
for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation
Law or by the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time
(Certificate of Incorporation). If, however, a quorum shall not be present or represented at any
meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat shall have the power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting,
until a quorum shall be present. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or, if after adjournment a new record date is
set, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.
2.3 Conduct of Meetings. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the
Board shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence or inability or refusal to act of
the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, or if a Vice Chairman has not been
elected, the President, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary or, in his or her
absence, inability or refusal to act, such person as the chairman of the meeting shall appoint
shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
2.4 Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders
shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.
2.5 Voting. Except as otherwise provided by statute or the Corporations Certificate
of Incorporation, each stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled at each meeting of
stockholders to one vote for each share of capital stock of the Corporation standing in his or her
name on the list of stockholders of the Corporation on the record date fixed as provided in these
By-Laws, as amended from time to time (By-Laws). Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting
of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a proxy signed by such
stockholder or his or her attorney-in-fact bearing a date not more than three years prior to said
meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. Any such proxy shall be delivered to
the secretary of the meeting at or prior to the time designated in the order of business for so
delivering such proxies. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors a plurality
of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions shall, unless
otherwise provided by law or in the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, be
decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to
vote thereon present in person or by proxy at the meeting. Unless required by statute, or
determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by
ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his or
her proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.
2.6 List of Stockholders. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at
each meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of each, and the
number of voting shares held by each, shall be prepared by the Secretary at least ten days before
every meeting. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to
the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall
be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting
is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
2.7 Inspectors. The Board of Directors may, in advance of any meeting of
stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If
any of the inspectors so appointed shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting shall,
or if inspectors shall not have been appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, appoint one or
more inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall
take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict
impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) shall determine the
number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, the
number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and
- 2 -
effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges
and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots
or consents, determine the results, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote
with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the chairman of the
meeting, the inspector(s) shall
make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a
certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall
act as an inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders.
2.8 Annual Meeting. The Annual Meeting of the Stockholders of the Corporation
(Annual Meeting) shall be held at such time and on such date as shall be designated by the Board
of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting. At such meeting, the stockholders shall elect
directors as provided in the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws and shall
transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
2.9 Notice of Annual Meeting. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute,
written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the date, place, and time of the meeting shall be
given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, not less than ten nor more than sixty days
prior to the date of the meeting. Notice is given when deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of
the Corporation. Notice of any meeting shall not be required to be given to any person (i) who
attends such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting in person or by proxy for the
express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or (ii) who, either before or after the
meeting, shall submit a signed written waiver of notice, in person or by proxy. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, an Annual Meeting need be specified in any
written waiver of notice.
2.10 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders (Special Meetings), for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of
Incorporation, may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called by the President
or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or the holders of
at least 25 percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at
the proposed special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed
meeting. Business transacted at all Special Meetings shall be confined to the purposes stated in
the notice of meeting.
2.11 Notice of Special Meetings. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute,
written notice of a special meeting, stating the date, time, place, and purpose or purposes
thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat not less than ten nor more
than sixty days prior to the date of the meeting. Notice is given when deposited in the United
States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on
the records of the Corporation. Notice of any meeting shall not be required to be given to any
person (i) who attends such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting in person or by
proxy for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of
any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or (ii) who, either before or
after the
- 3 -
meeting, shall submit a signed written waiver of notice, in person or by proxy. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, a Special Meeting need be specified in any
written waiver of notice.
2.12 Written Consent. Action required or permitted by statute, the Certificate of
Incorporation, or these By-laws to be taken by stockholders may be taken without a meeting if the
action is taken by all the stockholders entitled to vote on the action, or if so provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, by persons who would be entitled to vote at a meeting shares having
voting power to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize
or take the action at a meeting at which all stockholders entitled to vote were present and voted.
The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by
stockholders entitled to take action without a meeting, and delivered to the Corporation for
inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.
3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by
or be under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such
authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by
statute or the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be done by the
stockholders.
3.2 Number, Qualification, Term of Office. The number of directors which constitute
the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of
Directors from time to time, but shall in any event be not less than three nor more than fifteen.
Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding
Annual Meeting unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors at the time the Board
effects such decrease, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the
next succeeding Annual Meeting to the extent of the number of vacancies. Directors need not be
stockholders. Except as provided in these By-Laws, directors shall be elected at the Annual
Meeting or at a Special Meeting called for such purpose, and each director shall be elected to
hold office until a successor shall be elected and qualify.
3.3 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by
resolution of the Board of Directors, any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from
death, resignation, removal, or any other cause, and any newly created directorship resulting
from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in
office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders.
Each director so elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and
qualified.
3.4 Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving
written notice of his or her resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be
specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such
- 4 -
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
3.5 Committees.
(A) The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the
entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive
committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the
Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate
members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any
meeting of the committee. In addition, in the absence or disqualification of a
member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she, or they constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting
in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
(B) Except to the extent restricted by the Delaware General Corporation Law or
the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in
the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and
authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation
to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at
the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from
time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall
keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.
3.6 Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the
compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the
Corporation in any capacity.
4. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
4.1 Time and Place of Meetings. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of any
meeting, meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and at such place or
places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine.
4.2 Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board, two-third of the total
number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a
quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically
provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by
these By-Laws. However, directors attending a meeting at which less than a quorum is present shall
have the power to adjourn the meeting. Notice of the time and place of any such adjourned meeting
shall be given to all of the directors unless such time and place were announced at the meeting at
which the adjournment was taken, in which case such notice shall
- 5 -
only be given to the directors who were not present thereat. At any adjourned meeting at which a
quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting
as originally called.
4.3 Conduct of Meetings. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of
the Board shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat. The Secretary or, in his or
her absence, inability or refusal to act, such person as the chairman of the meeting shall appoint
shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.
4.4 Action by Consent. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any
action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or committee may be taken
without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the
proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be.
4.5 Telephonic Meeting. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, anyone
or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of
the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar
communications equipment that allows all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other.
Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.
5. OFFICERS
5.1 Offices. The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation,
which shall include the following. Chairman of the Board; President; one or more Vice Presidents,
as the Board of Directors shall designate; Secretary; and Treasurer. The Secretary and the
Treasurer may be the same person, and any Vice President may hold at the same time the office of
Secretary and/or Treasurer. The Board may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more
Assistant Treasurers as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation. The
Board may also elect from among its members a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board may elect such
other officers as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall
exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the
Board.
5.2 Designation of Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors may designate
either the Chairman of the Board or the President of the Corporation as the Chief Executive
Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have authority over the business
and affairs of the Corporation and over all other officers, agents and employees of the
Corporation, subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors.
5.3 Designation of Chief Operating Officer. The Board of Directors may
designate an officer of the Corporation as the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation. The
Chief Operating Officer, if designated, shall manage and operate the business and affairs of the
Corporation, subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, and shall report to
the Chief Executive Officer.
- 6 -
5.4 Compensation. The salaries of all officers shall be fixed by or pursuant to the
direction of the Board of Directors.
5.5
Tenure and Removal. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his
or her successor is chosen and qualifies in his or her stead, or until his or her death, or until
he or she shall have resigned or been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws. Any
officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time with or without
cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
5.6 Resignations. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving
written notice of his or her resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take
effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be
specified therein, immediately upon receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of
any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
5. 7 Vacancies. If the office of any officer becomes vacant by reason of death,
resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, the Board of
Directors may fill each such vacancy for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy
occurred.
5.8 Chairman of the Board.
(A) The Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected from among the
members of the Board, shall be an officer of the Corporation. The Chairman shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. The
Chairman shall have such powers and duties as an officer of the Corporation as
provided by these By-Laws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time
prescribe.
(B) The Chairman may sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver, in the name and
on behalf of the Corporation, all stock certificates, deeds, mortgages, bonds,
contracts, documents and instruments, except where the signing thereof shall be
expressly and exclusively delegated to some other officer or agent by the Board of
Directors or by these By-Laws, or required by law to be otherwise signed or
executed.
5.9 Vice Chairman of the Board. The Vice Chairman of the Board, if one shall have
been elected from among the members of the Board, shall, in the absence of the Chairman or in the
event of the Chairmans refusal or inability to act, preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors and stockholders, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from
time to time prescribe.
- 7 -
5.10 President.
(A) The President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as are provided by
these By-Laws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The President shall,
in the Chairmans absence, inability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the Chairman, other
than duties to be performed by the Vice Chairman (if one shall have been elected) as prescribed
under or pursuant to these By-Laws. When so acting, the President shall have all of the powers of
and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chairman, including the powers and restrictions
applicable to the Chief Executive Officer if the Chairman serves in that capacity.
(B) The President may sign, execute, acknowledge, and deliver, in the name and on behalf of
the Corporation, all stock certificates, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, documents and
instruments, except where the signing thereof shall be expressly and exclusively delegated to some
other officer or agent by the Board of Directors or by these By-Laws or required by law to be
otherwise signed or executed.
5.11 Vice President.
(A) Each Vice President shall have such powers and be required to perform such duties as the
Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
(B) The Board of Directors may designate one or more of the Vice Presidents as the Executive
Vice President. The Executive Vice President shall, in the Presidents absence, inability or
refusal to act, perform all of the duties of the President. When so acting, the Executive Vice
President shall have all of the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the
President, including the powers and restrictions applicable to the Chief Executive Officer if the
President serves in that capacity.
5.12 Secretary.
(A) The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board and all meetings of the
stockholders and shall record all votes and the minutes of all such proceedings in a book to be
kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall perform like duties for the committees of the Board
upon request. He or she shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and
shall affix and attest the seal to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation
under its seal. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the
stockholders and of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws
and as required by the Delaware General Corporation Code, and shall perform such other duties as
the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
- 8 -
(B) The Assistant Secretary shall, in the Secretarys absence, inability or
refusal to act, perform the duties of the Secretary, and shall perform such other
duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to
time prescribe.
5.13 Treasurer.
(A) The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of the corporate funds and
securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements,
in books belonging to the Corporation, and shall deposit all corporate moneys and
other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such
depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or pursuant to its
direction.
(B) The Treasurer shall receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to
the Corporation from any source whatsoever and shall disburse the funds of the
Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers therefor, and
shall render to the President and directors, at the regular meetings of the Board,
or whenever they may require it, an account of all of his or her transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and, in general, perform
all duties incident to the office of the Treasurer and such other duties as the
Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
(C) The Assistant Treasurer shall, in the Treasurers absence, inability or
refusal to act, perform the duties of the Treasurer and shall also perform such
other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time
to time prescribe
6. STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER THEREOF
6.1 Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to
have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or
the President or the Executive Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by
him or her in the Corporation.
6.2 Transfers of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the
Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of
succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a
new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its record; provided, however, that the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize
and enforce any lawful restriction on transfer. Whenever any transfer of stock shall be made for
collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when
the
- 9 -
certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer, both the transferor and the transferee
request the Corporation to do so.
6.3 Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to
receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and accordingly, shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on
the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof,
except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
6.4 Record Date.
(A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any
dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date
shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days
before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior
to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that
if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day
next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining
stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or
allotment or rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of
stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on
the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.
(B) A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.
6.5 Lost Certificates. Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost, stolen
or destroyed shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact, in such manner and form as the
Board of Directors may from time to time require, in order to obtain issuance of a new certificate
in place thereof. The Board of Directors may, at its discretion and as a condition precedent to
any such issuance, require any such person to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may
direct to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of
the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new
certificate. Upon compliance with all requirements established by the Board of Directors for any
- 10 -
such issuance, a new certificate may be issued.
6.6 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same
effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.
6.7 Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize
any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.
6.8 Regulations. The Board of Directors may make such additional rules and
regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue,
transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.
7. GENERAL PROVISIONS
7.1 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation and the words CORPORATE SEAL and DELAWARE.
7.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year shall end the last day of August in each year.
7.3 Checks Notes Drafts Etc. All checks, drafts, or other demands for the
payment of money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed, or accepted in the
name of the Corporation by such officer or officers from time to time designated by the
Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make
such designation.
7.4 Execution of Instruments. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or
officers, agent or agents, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or
execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts, and other obligations or
instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
7.5 Dividends and Reserves. Subject to the provisions of statute and the
Corporations Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the
Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may
be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the Corporation.
7.6 Notice. Whenever under the provisions of these By-Laws written notice is
required to be given to any director, officer, or stockholder, it shall not be construed to
require personal notice, but unless otherwise provided by these By-Laws, such notice shall be
deemed to have been given in writing when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
directed to such stockholder, officer or director at his or her address as it appears on the
records of the Corporation.
7.7 Voting of Stock in Other Corporations. Unless otherwise provided by resolution
- 11 -
of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, from time to time, may (or may appoint one
or more attorneys or agents to) cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a
stockholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose shares or securities may be held by
the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other
corporation. In the event one or more attorneys or agents are appointed, the Chief Executive
Officer may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or
giving such consent. The Chief Executive Officer may, or may instruct the attorneys or agents
appointed to, execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and
under its seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be
necessary or proper in the circumstances.
7.8 Indemnification.
(A) Each person who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party
to or is involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a proceeding), by reason of the fact that he
or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or
officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit
plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a
director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director,
officer, employee, or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the
fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may
hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such
amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law
permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense,
liability, and loss (including attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes, or
penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such
person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who
has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of
his or her heirs, executors, and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided
in paragraph (B) hereof with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to
indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person
only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract
right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in
defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that,
if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a
director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other
capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final
disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an
undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so
- 12 -
advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be
indemnified under this Article or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article
shall arise only with respect to conduct subsequent to the date this Article becomes effective.
(B) If a claim under paragraph (A) of this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation
within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case
of a claim for expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition, in
which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the claimant may at any time thereafter
bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in
whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such
claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim
for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the
required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant
has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General
Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the
burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation
(including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is
proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth
in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not
met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption
that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(C) The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a
proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of
any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors,
or otherwise.
(D) The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any
director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not
the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or
loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
(E) The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of
Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to be paid by the Corporation the expenses
incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any employee or
agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to
the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.
- 13 -
7.9
Amendments. These By-Laws may be adopted, amended, or repealed (i) by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall require a vote of a greater number,
or (ii) by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the voting power of all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation at any regular or special meeting of
stockholders if notice of the proposed amendment is contained in the notice of the meeting or
waived by all of the stockholders entitled to vote.
- 14 -
exv3w8
Exhibit 3.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control No: 07079433 |
|
|
|
|
Date Filed: 09/20/2007 06:58 PM |
|
|
|
|
Karen C Handel |
|
|
|
|
Secretary of State |
September 20, 2007
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
FOR GEORGIA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
The name of the Limited Liability Company Is:
ABL IP Holding LLC
The principal mailing address of the Limited Liability Company Is:
1170 Peachtree Street, Suite 2400
Atlanta, GA 30309
The Registered Agent is:
CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY
40 TECHNOLOGY PARKWAY SOUTH #300
NORCROSS, GA 30092
County:
The name and address of each organizer(s) are:
Gregory S. Bianchi
King & Spalding LLP, 1180
Peachtree Street
Atlanta, GA 30309
The optional provisions are:
The management of the limited liability company is vested in one or more managers.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Organization on the date set
forth below.
|
|
|
Signature(s): |
|
Date: |
Organizer, Gregory S. Bianchi
|
|
September 20, 2007 |
Certification#: 4718812-1 Page 2 of 2
exv3w9
Exhibit 3.9
OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF ABL IP HOLDING, LLC
This OPERATING AGREEMENT OF ABL IP HOLDING LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the
Company) is entered into, effective as of September 20, 2007 (the Effective
Date), by Acuity Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Sole Member).
WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Georgia Limited
Liability Company Act (the Act) pursuant to Articles of Organization that were filed on September
20, 2007 with the Secretary of State of Georgia; and
WHEREAS, the Sole Member is the sole member of the Company and desires for this Agreement to
constitute the Operating Agreement of the Company as contemplated by Section 14-11-101(18) of the
Act.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises hereto and other good and valuable
consideration, the undersigned hereby agrees as follows:
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
Capitalized words and phrases used herein have the following meanings:
Act has the meaning specified in the recitals.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person, (b) any officer, director,
or employee of such Person, or (c) any Person who is an officer, director, or employee of any
Person described in clause (a) of this definition.
Agreement means this Operating Agreement, as amended from time to time. Words such
as herein, hereinafter, hereof, hereto, and hereunder, refer to this Operating Agreement
as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires.
Articles means the Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended from time to
time.
Board of Managers has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 hereof.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (or any
corresponding provisions of succeeding law).
Company has the meaning specified in the preamble.
Liquidating Events has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.
Manager means any person serving as a member of the Board of Managers.
Person means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
trust, or other entity.
Regulations
means the Income Tax Regulations, including Temporary Regulations,
promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including
corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
Sole Member has the meaning specified in the preamble.
SECTION 2
FORMATION
2.1 Formation. The Articles were filed with the Georgia Secretary of State on
September 20, 2007.
2.2 Name. The name of the Company shall be ABL IP Holding LLC, and all business of
the Company shall be conducted in such name or in any other name or names that are selected by the
Manager.
2.3 Term. The Company shall continue until dissolved under Section 5.
SECTION 3
MANAGEMENT
3.1 Management
(a) Management of the business and affairs of the Company shall be vested in the board of
managers (the Board of Managers). Barry R. Goldman, Jeremy M. Quick and C. Dan Smith,
Jr. shall be the initial members of the Board of Managers (the Managers). The Board of
Managers shall have the right and authority to manage the affairs of the Company and to make all
decisions with respect thereto. Any or all of the Managers may be removed by the Sole Member at
any time and for any reason, with or without cause. In the event of the resignation or removal of
any or all of the Managers, a successor Manager or Managers shall be appointed by the Sole Member.
(b) The Sole Member shall not have authority to bind or take action on behalf of the Company,
except as authorized by the Board of Managers or as expressly provided in this Agreement.
3.2 Officers and Agents. The Board of Managers may appoint, remove and replace such
officers and other agents for the Company, with such titles, power
and authority, authorization
and duties, as the Board of Managers deem to be appropriate. Unless the Board of Managers decides
otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under
the Georgia Business Corporation Code, the assignment of such title shall constitute the
delegation to such officer of the authority and duties that are normally associated with that
office, subject to any specific delegation of authority and duties made to such officer by the
Board of
Managers. The initial officers of the Company shall be those individuals set forth on
Exhibit A attached hereto.
-2-
3.3 Duties. In lieu of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) imposed on any
Person managing the business and affairs of the Company, by the Act or otherwise at law or in
equity, the sole duty of any Person in connection with managing the business and affairs of the
Company shall be to comply with the terms of this Agreement, and no such Person shall have or
incur any liability to the Company or to the Sole Member in connection with managing the business
and affairs of the Company, except for (a) liability for breach of this Agreement, and (b)
liabilities that the Act does not permit this Agreement to eliminate.
3.4 Indemnification.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the Act:
(i) The Company (and any receiver, liquidator, or trustee of, or
successor to, the Company) shall indemnify and hold harmless each member, Manager, and
officer of the Company and each of their respective Affiliates, employees, and agents from
and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, claims, proceedings, costs, expenses, and disbursements of any kind or
nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all costs and expenses of defense, appeal,
and settlement of any and all suits, actions, and proceedings and all costs of investigation
in connection therewith) that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against a member,
Manager, or an officer of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, employees, or
agents in any way relating to or arising out of, or alleged to relate to or arise out of,
any action, inaction, or omission on the part of a member, Manager, or an officer of the
Company or any of their respective Affiliates, employees or agents in connection with
managing the Companys business and affairs, by reason of being a member or otherwise acting
pursuant hereto; provided that the indemnification obligations in this Section 3.4 shall not
apply to the portion of any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, cost, expense, or
disbursement that results from a breach of this Agreement.
(ii) The Company shall pay expenses as they are incurred by each member, Manager, and
officer of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, employees, or agents in
connection with any action, claim, or proceeding that the member, Manager, officer,
Affiliate, employee or agent asserts in good faith to be subject to the indemnification
obligations set forth herein, upon receipt of an undertaking from the member, Manager,
officer, Affiliate, employee, or agent to repay all amounts so paid by the Company to the
extent that it is finally determined that the member, Manager, officer, Affiliate, employee,
or agent is not entitled to be indemnified therefor under the terms hereof.
(b) The indemnification to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be paid only from the
assets of the Company, and no member shall have any personal obligation, or any obligation to
make any capital contribution, with respect thereto.
3.5 Tax Status. The Sole Member intends that the Company be disregarded as a separate
entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Regulation Section 301.7701-3. Accordingly,
no election to the contrary shall be filed by or on behalf of the Company and all
-3-
income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Company shall be reported by the Sole Member
on its federal income tax returns.
SECTION 4
CERTAIN FINANCIAL MATTERS
4.1 Capital Contributions. The Sole Member shall not be required to make any capital
contributions or loans to the Company, whether in connection with a Liquidating Event (as
hereinafter defined) or otherwise.
4.2 Ownership. The Sole Member owns all of the membership interests of the Company.
SECTION 5
DISSOLUTION
5.1 Liquidating Events. The Company shall dissolve and commence winding up and
liquidating upon, and only upon, the first to occur of the following events (Liquidating
Events):
(a) the approval by the Sole Member and, if applicable, all other members to dissolve,
wind up and liquidate the Company; or
(b) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 14-11-603 (a) of the Act.
5.2 Winding Up.
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Company shall continue solely for the
purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying
the claims of its creditors and the Sole Member. The Board of Managers shall be responsible for
overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Company.
(b) The assets of the Company shall be liquidated only to the extent determined to be
appropriate by the Board of Managers and the proceeds thereof, together with such assets as the
Board of Managers determines (notwithstanding Section 14-11-406(2) of the Act) to distribute in
kind, shall be applied and distributed in the following order:
(i) First, to creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, in
satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (whether by payment or by making of reasonable
provision for payment); and
(ii) Thereafter, the balance, if any, to the Sole Member.
5.3 Certificate of Termination. Upon the dissolution and the completion of winding up
of the Company, the Sole Member shall promptly execute and cause to be filed a certificate of
termination in accordance with the Act.
-4-
SECTION 6
MISCELLANEOUS
6.1 Amendments. Any amendments to this Agreement and to the Articles may be adopted
by the Sole Member.
6.2 Headings. Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for
reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope,
extent, or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
6.3 Severability. Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If
any term or provision hereof is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or
invalidity shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder of this Agreement.
6.4 Incorporation by Reference. Every Exhibit referred to herein is hereby
incorporated in this Agreement by reference.
6.5 Further Action. The Sole Member agrees to perform all further acts and execute,
acknowledge, and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary, appropriate, or desirable
to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.
6.6 Governing Law. The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern the validity of this
Agreement and the construction of its terms (without regard to its rules of conflicts of laws). To
the extent this Agreement is inconsistent with the Act, this Agreement shall govern (to the
maximum extent permitted by the Act).
* * *
-5-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
undersigned has executed this Operating Agreement on this __th
day of September, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACUITY BRANDS, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Kenyon W. Murphy
|
|
|
Name: |
Kenyon W. Murphy |
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President, Chief
Administrative Officer and General
Counsel |
|
EXHIBIT
A
Initial
Officers
|
|
|
Name |
|
Office(s) |
Vernon J. Nagel
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
Richard K. Reece
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
Jeremy M. Quick
|
|
Executive Vice President |
|
|
|
John T. Hartman
|
|
Executive Vice President |
|
|
|
Barry R. Goldman
|
|
Senior Vice President and General Counsel |
|
|
|
C. Dan Smith, Jr.
|
|
Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary |
exv4w1
EXECUTION VERSION
Exhibit 4.1
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
as Issuer,
ACUITY BRANDS, INC.,
as Parent Guarantor,
ABL IP HOLDING LLC,
as a Guarantor,
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 8, 2009
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through
318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:
|
|
|
|
|
Trust Indenture Act |
|
|
|
Indenture |
Section |
|
|
|
Section |
310(a)(1) |
|
|
|
7.7; 7.8; 7.9 |
(a)(2) |
|
|
|
7.9 |
(a)(3) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
(a)(4) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
(b) |
|
|
|
7.7; 7.9 |
(c) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
311(a) |
|
|
|
7.11 |
(b) |
|
|
|
7.11 |
(c) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
312(a) |
|
|
|
2.5 |
(b) |
|
|
|
11.3 |
(c) |
|
|
|
11.3 |
313(a) |
|
|
|
7.10 |
(b)(1) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
(b)(2) |
|
|
|
7.10 |
(c) |
|
|
|
7.10 |
(d) |
|
|
|
7.10 |
314(a) |
|
|
|
4.4; 4.6; 11.4 |
(b) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
(c)(1) |
|
|
|
11.4 |
(c)(2) |
|
|
|
11.4 |
(c)(3) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
(d) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
(e) |
|
|
|
11.4 |
(f) |
|
|
|
4.4 |
315(a) |
|
|
|
7.1 |
(b) |
|
|
|
7.5 |
(c) |
|
|
|
7.1 |
(d) |
|
|
|
7.1 |
(e) |
|
|
|
6.14 |
316(a)(last sentence) |
|
|
|
11.6 |
(a)(1)(A) |
|
|
|
6.12 |
(a)(1)(B) |
|
|
|
6.13 |
(a)(2) |
|
|
|
N.A. |
(b) |
|
|
|
6.8 |
(c) |
|
|
|
N.A |
317(a)(1) |
|
|
|
6.3 |
(a)(2) |
|
|
|
6.4 |
(b) |
|
|
|
2.4 |
318(a) |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
N.A. means Not Applicable. |
|
|
|
|
|
Note: |
|
This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture. |
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 1.1. Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions |
|
|
6 |
|
SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II THE NOTES |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating |
|
|
8 |
|
SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication |
|
|
12 |
|
SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent |
|
|
13 |
|
SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust |
|
|
14 |
|
SECTION 2.5. Noteholder Lists |
|
|
14 |
|
SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange |
|
|
14 |
|
SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers
Pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A |
|
|
19 |
|
SECTION 2.8. Business Days |
|
|
19 |
|
SECTION 2.9. Replacement Notes |
|
|
19 |
|
SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes |
|
|
19 |
|
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes |
|
|
19 |
|
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation |
|
|
20 |
|
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest |
|
|
20 |
|
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, etc |
|
|
20 |
|
SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes |
|
|
21 |
|
SECTION 2.16. One Class of Notes |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III REDEMPTION; CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee |
|
|
21 |
|
SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed |
|
|
22 |
|
SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption |
|
|
22 |
|
SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption |
|
|
23 |
|
SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price |
|
|
23 |
|
SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part |
|
|
23 |
|
SECTION 3.7. Change of Control Offer |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes |
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens |
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions |
|
|
26 |
|
SECTION 4.4. Statement by Officers as to Default |
|
|
27 |
|
SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency |
|
|
27 |
|
SECTION 4.6. Reporting |
|
|
27 |
|
SECTION 4.7. Existence |
|
|
28 |
|
SECTION 4.8. Additional Interest Notice |
|
|
28 |
|
-ii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE V MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms |
|
|
28 |
|
SECTION 5.2. Successor Person Substituted for the Company |
|
|
29 |
|
SECTION 5.3. Parent Guarantor Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms |
|
|
29 |
|
SECTION 5.4. Successor Person Substituted for the Parent Guarantor |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default |
|
|
30 |
|
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment |
|
|
31 |
|
SECTION 6.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 6.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 6.5. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 6.6. Application of Money Collected |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 6.7. Limitation on Suits |
|
|
34 |
|
SECTION 6.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal
and Interest |
|
|
34 |
|
SECTION 6.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies |
|
|
34 |
|
SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative |
|
|
35 |
|
SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver |
|
|
35 |
|
SECTION 6.12. Control By Holders |
|
|
35 |
|
SECTION 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults |
|
|
35 |
|
SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs |
|
|
36 |
|
SECTION 6.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee |
|
|
36 |
|
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee |
|
|
37 |
|
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee |
|
|
39 |
|
SECTION 7.4. Trustees Disclaimer |
|
|
39 |
|
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults |
|
|
39 |
|
SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity |
|
|
39 |
|
SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee |
|
|
40 |
|
SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification |
|
|
42 |
|
SECTION 7.10. Reports by Trustee |
|
|
42 |
|
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance |
|
|
42 |
|
SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance |
|
|
43 |
|
SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement |
|
|
45 |
|
-iii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS |
|
|
46 |
|
|
SECTION 9.1. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders |
|
|
46 |
|
SECTION 9.2. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders |
|
|
47 |
|
SECTION 9.3. Execution of Supplemental Indentures |
|
|
48 |
|
SECTION 9.4. Effect of Supplemental Indentures |
|
|
48 |
|
SECTION 9.5. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X GUARANTEES |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10.1. Guarantees |
|
|
48 |
|
SECTION 10.2. No Subrogation |
|
|
50 |
|
SECTION 10.3. Consideration |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls |
|
|
50 |
|
SECTION 11.2. Notices |
|
|
50 |
|
SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders |
|
|
51 |
|
SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent |
|
|
51 |
|
SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion |
|
|
51 |
|
SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 11.8. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 11.10. Successors |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals |
|
|
53 |
|
SECTION 11.12. Table of Contents; Headings |
|
|
53 |
|
SECTION 11.13. U.S.A. Patriot Act |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A Form of Initial Note |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B Form of Exchange Note |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C Form of Regulation S Certificate |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit D Form of Rule 144A Certificate |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit E Election Form for Change of Control Offer |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit F Form of Incumbency Certificate |
|
|
|
|
-iv-
INDENTURE, dated as of December 8, 2009 among ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the Company), ACUITY BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as guarantor (the
Parent Guarantor), ABL IP HOLDING LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, as guarantor
(ABL IP Holding and, together with the Parent Guarantor, the Guarantors), and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (the
Trustee).
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and
ratable benefit of Holders of the Companys 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the Initial
Notes) and, if and when issued in exchange for the Initial Notes as provided in the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Companys 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the Exchange
Notes and, together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the Notes):
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
SECTION 1.1. Definitions.
ABL IP Holding means the Person named as ABL IP Holding in the preamble to this
Indenture and its successors and assigns.
Additional Interest means any additional interest then due and payable pursuant to
the Registration Rights Agreement.
Additional Notes means the Notes issued from time to time after the Issue Date under
the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Sections 2.6, 2.9, 2.11 or 3.6 of this
Indenture).
Attributable Debt means, with respect to a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with
respect to any Principal Property, at the time of determination, the present value of the total net
amount of rent (for the avoidance of doubt net amount of rent excludes amounts required to be
paid on account of maintenance and repairs, reconstruction insurance, taxes, assessments, water
rates and similar charges and contingent rates, such as those based on sales) required to be paid
under such lease during the remaining term thereof (including any period for which such lease has
been extended), discounted at the rate of interest set forth or implicit in the terms of such lease
(or, if not practicable to determine such rate, the weighted average interest rate per annum borne
by the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture) compounded semi-annually. In the case of any
lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, such net amount shall be the
lesser of (x) the net amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be
terminated (in which case the net amount shall also include the amount of the penalty, but shall
not include any rent that would be required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first
date upon which it may be so terminated) or (y) the net amount determined assuming no such
termination.
2
Board of Directors or Board means, with respect to any Person, the Board
of Directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board
of Directors.
Business Day means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banking
institutions in New York City are not required or authorized by law or executive order to close.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all
shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not
voting) of corporate stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such
Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and
with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other
equity interests of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire
any of the foregoing.
Company means the Person named as the Company in the preamble to this Indenture
until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter, the Company shall mean such successor Person.
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets means, as of any date on which the Parent Guarantor
or a Restricted Subsidiary effects a transaction requiring such Consolidated Net Tangible Assets to
be measured hereunder, the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves) after deducting
therefrom: (i) all current liabilities, except for current maturities of long-term debt and
obligations under capital leases; and (ii) intangible assets (including goodwill), to the extent
included in said aggregate amount of assets, all as set forth on the most recent consolidated
balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP
applied on a consistent basis.
Corporate Trust Office means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular
time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered; which office at the date of
the execution of this Indenture is located at 7000 Central Parkway, Suite 550, Atlanta, Georgia
30328, Attention: Corporate Trust Services or at any other time at such other address as the
Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders.
Debt means with respect to any Person, without duplication: (i) all obligations of
such Person for borrowed money; and (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments.
Default means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of
time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
DTC means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors
and assigns.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules
and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
Exchange Notes has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.
3
Funded Debt means all Debt (including Debt incurred under any revolving credit,
letter of credit or working capital facility) that matures by its terms, or that is renewable at
the option of any obligor thereon to a date, more than one year after the date on which such Debt
is originally incurred.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States from time
to time.
guarantee means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
purchase or payment of) such Debt of such other Person or (ii) entered into for purposes of
assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt of the payment thereof or to protect such
obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term
guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term guarantee used as a verb has a correlative meaning.
Guarantee means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Companys obligations under
this Indenture.
Guarantor means the Persons named as the Guarantors in the preamble to this
Indenture and their respective successors and assigns.
Hedging Obligations means: (i) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to
floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar
agreements; (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest
rate risk; (iii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in
currency exchange rates or commodity prices; and (iv) other agreements or arrangements designed to
protect against fluctuations in equity prices.
Holder or Noteholder means the Person in whose name a Note is registered
on the Registrars books.
Indenture means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Initial Notes has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.
Initial Purchasers means the Initial Purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement.
Issue Date means December 8, 2009.
Lien means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation, pledge, security
interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind.
Make-Whole Amount has the meaning specified in the form of Note set forth in
Exhibit A hereto.
4
Maturity means, with respect to any Note, the date on which the principal of such
Note or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as provided herein or therein, whether
at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon acceleration or otherwise (including, any Change
of Control Payment Date as to Notes to be repurchased at the option of the holder thereof in
connection with any Change of Control Offer).
Offering Memorandum means the final offering memorandum, dated December 1, 2009,
relating to the Notes.
Officer means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
Controller, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Chief Financial
Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the General Counsel, the Secretary or the Assistant
Secretary of the Company, as applicable.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company or
the Guarantors, as the case may be.
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion from legal counsel to the Company. The
counsel may be an employee of the Company.
Notes has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Indenture.
Parent Guarantor means the Person named as the Parent Guarantor in the preamble to
this Indenture and it successors and assigns.
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
principal means the principal of the Notes plus premium, if any, on the Notes, which
is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.
Principal Property means any manufacturing plant or facility located within the
United States of America (other than its territories or possessions) owned by the Parent Guarantor
or any Restricted Subsidiary which in the good faith opinion of the Parent Guarantors Board of
Directors, is of material importance to the total business conducted by the Parent Guarantor and
the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole.
Purchase Agreement means the Purchase Agreement, dated December 1, 2009 among the
Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
Registered Exchange Offer means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement, to certain holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such
holders, in exchange for Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes
registered under the Securities Act.
Registration Rights Agreement means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
December 8, 2009, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers as such agreement
may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to
5
any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the
other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time, relating to rights given by the Company to purchasers of Additional Notes with respect to
registration of such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.
Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (1) substantially
all the property of which is located, or substantially all the business of which is carried on,
within the United States of America (not including its territories and possessions) and (2) that
owns a Principal Property; provided that the term Restricted Subsidiary shall not include any
Subsidiary that is principally engaged in financing the operations of the Parent Guarantor, or its
Subsidiaries, or both, outside of the United States of America.
Restricted Period means the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later
of (1) the day on which the Initial Notes first are offered to Persons other than distributors (as
defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) and (2) the Issue Date or the date on which any
Additional Notes are originally issued in the form of Initial Notes, as the case may be.
Restrictive Notes Legend means the Restrictive Legend set forth in clause (A) of
Section 2.1(c) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (B) of Section 2.1(c), as applicable.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction means any arrangement with any Person providing for
the leasing by the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property, whether
now owned or hereafter acquired, which Principal Property has been or is to be sold or transferred
by the Parent Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person.
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency.
Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
Securities Custodian means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as
appointed by DTC), or any successor person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
Significant Subsidiary means any Subsidiary that is a significant subsidiary
within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any Note, the date specified in such Note as
the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such Note is due and payable (but excluding any
provision providing for the repurchase of any Note at the option of the holder thereof upon a
Change of Control Payment Date unless the holder thereof has exercised its option to have such Note
repurchased).
Subsidiary means any corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or
other similar type of business entity in which the Parent Guarantor and/or one or more of its
Subsidiaries together own more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the
6
election of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of such corporation, limited
liability company, limited partnership or other similar type of business entity, directly or
indirectly.
Trust Indenture Act means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that
in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, Trust Indenture Act
means, to the extent required by any such amendments, the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so
amended.
Trust Officer means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the
corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who has
direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Trustee means the Person named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and,
thereafter, means such successor.
Uniform Commercial Code means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from
time to time.
U.S. Government Obligations means direct obligations (or certificates representing
an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or
instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of
America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the Companys option.
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined in |
Term |
|
Section |
Affiliate |
|
|
11.6 |
|
Agent Members |
|
|
2.1 |
(d) |
Applicable Procedures |
|
|
2.6 |
(a) |
Authenticating Agent |
|
|
2.2 |
|
Change of Control Offer |
|
|
3.7 |
|
Change of Control Payment |
|
|
3.7 |
|
Change of Control Payment Date |
|
|
3.7 |
|
Company Order |
|
|
2.2 |
|
covenant defeasance option |
|
|
8.1 |
(b) |
Definitive Notes |
|
|
2.1 |
(e) |
Event of Default |
|
|
6.1 |
|
Exchange Global Note |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
Global Notes |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
legal defeasance option |
|
|
8.1 |
(b) |
Obligations |
|
|
10.1 |
|
Paying Agent |
|
|
2.3 |
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined in |
Term |
|
Section |
QIBs |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
Registrar |
|
|
2.3 |
|
Regulation S |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
Regulation S Certificate |
|
|
2.6 |
(a) |
Regulation S Legend |
|
|
2.1 |
(c) |
Regulation S Global Note |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
Regulation S Note |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
Resale Restriction Termination Date |
|
|
2.1 |
(c) |
Restrictive Legend |
|
|
2.1 |
(c) |
Rule 144A |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
Rule 144A Certificate |
|
|
2.6 |
(b) |
Rule 144A Global Note |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
Rule 144A Note |
|
|
2.1 |
(a) |
SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. For purposes of this Indenture, except as
otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;
(3) including means including (without limitation);
(4) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the
singular;
(5) all references to (a) Initial Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes issued
in the form of Initial Notes and (b) Exchange Notes shall refer also to any Additional Notes
issued in the form of Exchange Notes, in each case, pursuant to Section 2.15;
(6) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the
Issue Date or the date any Additional Notes were originally issued, as the case may be;
(7) as set forth in the definition of principal in Section 1.1, all references to
premium, if any shall be deemed to include, to the extent applicable, (i) any premium
payable in respect of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or (ii) any
Make-Whole Amount payable in respect of the Notes, in each case unless the context otherwise
requires. Solely for the avoidance of doubt, this Indenture and the form of the Notes set
forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B make specific references from time to time
of premium, if any, to emphasize the application thereto of certain provisions of this
Indenture to the Notes; and
8
(8) all references herein to particular Sections or Articles shall refer to this
Indenture unless otherwise so indicated.
ARTICLE II
The Notes
SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating.
(a) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes shall be resold initially by the Initial
Purchasers only to (A) qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities
Act (Rule 144A)) in reliance on Rule 144A (QIBs) and (B) Persons other than
U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (Regulation S)) in
reliance on Regulation S. The Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs
and other purchasers in reliance on Rule 144A, Regulation S or another exemption under the
Securities Act in accordance with the procedures described herein. The Initial Notes shall be
dated the date of their authentication.
Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule
144A (each, a Rule 144A Note and collectively, the Rule 144A Notes) shall be
issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference and made a part
of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the Rule
144A Global Note), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the
Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be
represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTCs rules regarding the maximum
principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the
Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the
records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (each, a Regulation S
Note and, collectively, the Regulation S Notes) in reliance on Regulation S shall be
issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons,
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference and
made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the
Regulation S Global Note) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed
by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Regulation S Global
Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTCs rules regarding the
maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount
of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made
on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Note and a Regulation S Note shall be
issued in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form
of Exhibit B hereto, which is incorporated by reference and made a part
9
of this Indenture, including the appropriate legend as set forth in Section 2.1(c) (the
Exchange Global Note) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by
the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may
be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTCs rules regarding the maximum
principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the
Exchange Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the
records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are
sometimes collectively herein referred to as the Global Notes.
The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the
office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such
other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section
2.3; provided, however, that at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid
by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on
the Note Register or (ii) upon written request of any Holder of at least $1,000,000 principal
amount of Notes, wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained and specified
by the payee. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal (and
premium, if any) and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by DTC.
(b) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form,
without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof.
(c) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note is sold under an
effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in
connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,
(A) the Rule 144A Global Note shall bear the following legend (the Restrictive
Legend) on the face thereof:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
SECURITIES ACT), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS
SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED,
TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH
REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN
BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO
OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, THE PARENT
GUARANTOR OR ABL IP HOLDING, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE
10
ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON
RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE
MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $500,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW
TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES
ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANYS AND THE TRUSTEES RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH
OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.
THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF THE CONDITIONS
SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.
(B) the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the Regulation S
Legend) on the face thereof:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
SECURITIES ACT), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE,
AGREES THAT NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED,
SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF
SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH
REGISTRATION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
JURISDICTION.
THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF THE CONDITIONS
SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.
(C) The Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the
face thereof:
11
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (DTC), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART,
TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSORS NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF
PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
(d) Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This Section 2.1(d) shall apply only to Global
Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.
(ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the
nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as
set forth in Section 2.1(c).
(iii) Members of, or participants in, DTC (Agent Members) shall have no
rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or
by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC shall be treated
by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute
owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the
Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization
furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary
practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest
in any Global Note.
(iv) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a
Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e) to beneficial owners who are required to hold
Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date
and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the
principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the
Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more
Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.
(v) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners
pursuant to Section 2.1(e), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to
12
the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its
beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive
Notes of authorized denominations.
(vi) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent
Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the
Notes.
(e) Definitive Notes. (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests
in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive certificated Notes (Definitive Notes).
If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain
Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request
in accordance with DTCs and the Registrars procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be
transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if
(a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such
Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when
DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor
depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (b) the Company
executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers Certificate stating that such
Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
the Registrar has received a request from DTC.
(ii) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note
pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(iv) or (v) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g),
bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note
set forth in Section 2.1(c).
SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. An Officer of the Company shall sign the
Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature and may be imprinted or otherwise
reproduced.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates
the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has
been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on
the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000, (2) any Additional Notes for
original issue from time to time after the Issue Date in such principal amounts as set forth in
Section 2.15 and (3) any Exchange Notes for issue only in exchange for a like principal amount of
Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the
Company (a Company Order). Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is
to be
13
authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. The aggregate
principal amount of Initial Notes (other than Additional Notes) which may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is limited to $350,000,000. Additionally, the Company may from time
to time, without notice to or consent of the Holders, issue such additional principal amounts of
Additional Notes as may be issued and authenticated pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph, and
Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu
of, other Notes of the same class pursuant to Section 2.6, Section 2.9, Section 2.10, Section 3.6,
Section 9.5 and except for transactions similar to the Registered Exchange Offer.
The Trustee may appoint an agent (the Authenticating Agent) reasonably acceptable to
the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such
Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this
Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
In case the Company, pursuant to Article V, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any
other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such
consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the
Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid,
shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto (if not otherwise a party to the Indenture)
with the Trustee pursuant to Article V, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such
consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at
the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the
successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in
substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount;
and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes
as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be
authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person (if other than the Company)
pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of
any Notes, such successor Person (if other than the Company), at the option of the Holders but
without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for
Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.
SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or
agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
Registrar) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the
Paying Agent). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer
and exchange. The Company may have one or more additional paying agents. The term Paying Agent
includes any such additional paying agent. The Company may change the Registrar or appoint one or
more co-Registrars without notice.
In the event the Company shall retain any Person not a party to this Indenture as an agent
hereunder, the Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or
Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust
Indenture Act. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate
to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such
agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as
14
such
and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.6. The Company
shall be responsible for the fees and compensations of all agents appointed or approved by it.
Either the Company or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as
Paying Agent.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The
Company also initially appoints the Trustee as custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on the date on which any principal or interest (including any Additional Interest)
on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to
pay such principal (and premium, if any) or interest (including any Additional Interest) when due.
The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such
Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by
such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest (including any
Additional Interest) on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the
Company in making any such payment. If either of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as
Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate
trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all
money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon
complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall
have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy,
reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying
Agent for the Notes.
SECTION 2.5. Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as
is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall cause the Registrar to furnish
to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as
the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.
SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes (other than Section 2.1(e)
hereof), transfers and exchanges of Notes and beneficial interests in a Global Note of the kinds
specified in this Section 2.6 shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.6.
(a) Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note. If the owner of a beneficial
interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person who
wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S
Global Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 2.6(a), and subject to the Applicable Procedures (as defined below). Upon receipt by the
Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or its authorized representative directing that
a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount be credited
to a specified Agent Members account
and that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note
in an equal principal amount be debited from another specified Agent Members account
15
and (B) a
Regulation S Certificate (a Regulation S Certificate), the form of which is set forth in
Exhibit C hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the owner of such
beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note and increase the principal amount of the
Regulation S Global Note by such specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
Applicable Procedures means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a
Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear System and
Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or their successors or assigns, in each case, to the extent
applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
(b) Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note. If the owner of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to transfer such interest to a person
who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
Note, such transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(b) and subject to the
Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) an order given by DTC or
its authorized representative directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in
a specified principal amount be credited to a specified Agent Members account and that a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an equal principal amount be debited from
another specified Agent Members account and (B) if such transfer is to occur during (but only
during) the Restricted Period, a Rule 144A Certificate (a Rule 144A Certificate), the
form of which is set forth in Exhibit D hereto, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly
executed by the owner of such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or his attorney
duly authorized in writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall reduce the principal amount of
the Regulation S Global Note and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note by such
specified principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
(c) Rule 144A Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note.
If the holder of a Rule 144A Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to transfer all or
any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such transfer may
be effected only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(c) and subject to the
Applicable Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in
Section 2.3 and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in
the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater
than the principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Members account and (B) a
Rule 144A Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited with a beneficial interest in the
Rule 144A Global Note, or a Regulation S Certificate, if the specified account is to be credited
with a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, in either case, satisfactory to the
Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, then the
Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of any untransferred
portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of the Rule 144A
Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified principal amount
as provided in this Section 2.6.
(d) Regulation S Non-Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global
Note. If the holder of a Regulation S Note (other than a Global Note) wishes at any time to
transfer all or any portion of such Note to a person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, such
transfer may be effected only in accordance with this Section 2.6(d) and subject to the
16
Applicable
Procedures. Upon receipt by the Trustee, as Registrar, of (A) such Note as provided in Section 2.3
and instructions satisfactory to the Trustee directing that a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A
Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in a specified principal amount not greater than the
principal amount of such Note be credited to a specified Agent Members account and (B) if the
transfer is to occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period and the specified account is to
be credited with a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, a Rule 144A Certificate
satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by such holder or his attorney duly authorized in
writing, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall cancel such Note (and issue a new Note in respect of
any untransferred portion thereof) as provided in Section 2.3 and increase the principal amount of
the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, by the specified
principal amount as provided in this Section 2.6.
(e) Non-Global Note to Non-Global Note. A Note that is not a Global Note may be
transferred, in whole or in part, to a person who takes delivery in the form of another Note that
is not a Global Note in accordance with Section 2.3; provided, that if the Note to be transferred
in whole or in part is (I) a Rule 144A Note or (II) a Regulation S Note and the transfer is to
occur during (but only during) the Restricted Period, then, in each case, the Trustee, as
Registrar, shall have received (A) a Rule 144A Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly
executed by the transferor holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing, in which case the
transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note, or (B) a Regulation S
Certificate, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the transferor holder or his attorney
duly authorized in writing, in which case the transferee holder shall take delivery in the form of
a Regulation S Note (subject in each case to Section 2.6(g)).
(f) Exchange between Global Note and Non-Global Note. A beneficial interest in a
Global Note may be exchanged for a Note that is not a Global Note as provided in Section 2.1(e);
provided, that if such interest is a beneficial interest in (I) the Rule 144A Global Note or (II)
the Regulation S Global Note and such exchange is to occur during the Restricted Period, then, in
each case, such interest shall be exchanged for a Rule 144A Note (subject in each case to Section
2.6(g)). A Note that is not a Global Note may be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global
Note only if (A) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer effected in accordance with
Section 2.6(c) or (d) herein or (B) such Note is a Regulation S Note and such exchange occurs after
the Restricted Period.
(g) Restrictive Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes
not bearing a Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a
Restrictive Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a
Restrictive Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restrictive Notes
Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither
such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance
with the provisions of the Securities Act.
(h) Officers Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers
Certificate setting forth the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and the
Restricted Period.
The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications
received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Company shall have
17
the right to inspect
and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time
upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.
(i) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.
(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to
the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrars or co-registrars request.
(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax,
assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or
transfer pursuant to Sections 3.6 or 9.5).
(iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of
or exchange of any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of
an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of
such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest
payment date.
(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the
Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat
the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to
the contrary.
(v) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note
pursuant to Section 2.1(d) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(g), bear the
applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set
forth in Section 2.1(c).
(vi) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture shall be the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, shall evidence
the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes
surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
(vii) All certificates, certifications and opinions of counsel required to be
submitted to the Registrar or any co-registrar pursuant to this Section 2.6 to effect any
transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile transmission, with the original to
follow by first class mail or hand delivery.
(j) No Obligation of the Trustee. (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or
obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other
Person in respect of any aspect of the records, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records, relating to beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, with respect to the
18
accuracy
of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any
ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member,
beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of
redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property)
under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and
all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon
the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global
Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC
subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee and the Company may
conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with
respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as
to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under
applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any
transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global
Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or
evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the
terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to
form with the express requirements hereof.
(k) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as
a whole except by DTC to a nominee of DTC, by a nominee of DTC to DTC or to another nominee of DTC,
or by the DTC or any such nominee to a successor depositary or to a nominee of such successor
depositary.
Neither the Trustee nor any agent thereof shall have any responsibility for any actions taken
or not taken by DTC or any successor depositary.
(l) Accrual of Interest on the Exchange Note; Exchange of Exchange Notes.
(i) Interest on any Exchange Note shall accrue from the dates provided in Exhibit
B.
(ii) Subject to Section 2.1(e), upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon
receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall
authenticate one or more Exchange Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Notes or Additional Notes
tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the
applicable letters of transmittal that (w) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will
be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (x) at the time of the commencement of
the Registered Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to
participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange
Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (y) it is not an affiliate
(within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or the Guarantors
and (z) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own
account in exchange for Initial Notes that were acquired as a result of market-
19
making or
other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a prospectus relating to the
Exchange Notes (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a prospectus relating to
the Exchange Notes to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.
Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Initial Notes in the form of Global Notes and/or
Additional Notes in the form of Global Notes to be reduced accordingly.
SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificates to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant
to Regulation S and Rule 144A. Attached hereto as Exhibit C and Exhibit D are forms of
certificates to be delivered in connection with transfers pursuant to Regulation S and Rule 144A,
respectively.
SECTION 2.8. Business Days. If a payment date is on a date that is not a Business
Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall
accrue on such payment for the intervening period. If a regular record date is on a day that is
not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.
SECTION 2.9. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar
or if the Holder of a Note shall provide the Company and the Trustee with evidence to their
satisfaction that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue
and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the
Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the
Trustee. In addition, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or surety bond sufficient in the
judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and
the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and
the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.
SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled, those delivered for cancellation and those
described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because
the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.9, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee
and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser.
If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a
redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal (and premium, if any) and
interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or
maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to
be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the
Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Notes. Temporary
Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the
20
Company shall
prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes. After the preparation of
definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of
the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such
exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more
temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in
exchange therefor, one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes.
Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes.
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the
Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee for
cancellation any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer or exchange or payment.
The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the
Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, payment or
cancellation and, upon the request of the Company, deliver a certificate of such cancellation to
the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, which shall not prohibit the Company from issuing any
Additional Notes, or any Exchange Notes in exchange for Initial Notes. All cancelled Notes held by
the Trustee may be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its then customary practices and
procedures. The Trustee shall provide to the Company a list of all Notes that have been cancelled
from time to time as requested in writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest
on the Notes, the Company shall pay defaulted interest plus interest on such defaulted interest to
the extent lawful at the rate specified therefor in the Notes in any lawful manner. The Company
may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record
date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to
the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee which specified record date shall not be less than 10
days prior to the
payment date for such defaulted interest and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each
Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of
defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at
the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate
amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money
when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Person entitled to such defaulted
interest as provided in this
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers, etc. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP
or ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee
shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to
Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a
redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change
in the CUSIP numbers and/or other similar numbers.
21
SECTION 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes. The Company shall be entitled to issue,
from time to time, Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the
Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Notes exchanged therefor (in each case,
other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the
first payment date applicable thereto), as the case may be.
With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of the Board
of Directors and an Officers Certificate, a copy of each shall be delivered to the Trustee, the
following information:
(i) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and
delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
(ii) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and ISIN number of any such
Additional Notes and the amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable
thereto;
(iii) whether such Additional Notes shall be transfer restricted securities and
issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A to this Indenture or
shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B to this
Indenture; and
(iv) if applicable, the resale restriction termination date relating to the Notes and
the Restricted Period for such Additional Notes.
SECTION 2.16. One Class of Notes. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the
Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class; and none of the Initial
Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a
separate class on any matter. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall
together be deemed to constitute a single class or series for all purposes under this Indenture.
ARTICLE III
Redemption; Change of Control Offer
SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem the Notes, in
whole or in part, pursuant to the Optional Redemption provisions on the reverse of the form of
the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B, it shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.
The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 30
days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall
be accompanied by an Officers Certificate from the Company to the effect that such redemption
shall comply with the conditions herein. The record date relating to such redemption shall be
selected by the Company and set forth in the related notice given to the Trustee, which record date
shall be not less than 15 days prior to the date selected for redemption by the Company.
22
SECTION 3.2. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. If fewer than all the Notes then
outstanding are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by
lot or by any other method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange
requirements, if any, and that the Trustee considers, in its discretion, to be fair and appropriate
in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar
circumstances. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called
for redemption. Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000
or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to
Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee
shall promptly notify the Company of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.
SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before a date for redemption of the Notes, as the case may be, notice of redemption shall be mailed
by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(1) the redemption date;
(2) the redemption price (or the method of calculating such price) and the amount of
accrued interest to be paid, if any;
(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any;
(5) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the Bond No. (if
certificated) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
(6) that, unless the Company and the Guarantors default in making such redemption
payment, interest on Notes (or portions thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on
and after the redemption date, subject to the satisfaction of any condition to such
redemption;
(7) the CUSIP number, or any similar number, if any, printed on the Notes being
redeemed; and
(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, or any similar number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
At the Companys written request (which may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to the
time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), the Trustee shall give the
notice of redemption in the name of the Company and at the Companys expense. In such event, the
Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.3 at least 15
days (or such shorter period as shall be agreed to by the Trustee) prior the date on which notice
is required to be sent to Holders. The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be
conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder
23
receives such notice. In any
case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note
designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings
for the redemption of any other Notes.
SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in
accordance with Section 3.3, the Notes called for redemption shall become due and payable on the
redemption date and at the redemption price as stated in the notice, subject to the satisfaction of
any conditions to such redemption. A notice of redemption may be conditional in that the Company
may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption, condition the redemption of the Notes
as specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of other transactions, such as
refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the Company). Upon surrender to the
Paying Agent on or after the redemption date, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price
stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date; provided, that the
Company shall have deposited the redemption price with the Paying Agent or the Trustee on or before
11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of redemption; provided further that if the
redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date,
the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the Noteholder of the redeemed Notes registered
on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder
shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
SECTION 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York
City time) on the date of redemption, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent or the
Trustee (or, if the Company, any of the Guarantors or any of the Parent Guarantors Subsidiaries is
the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be redeemed on that date
other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption which are owned by the Company or a
Subsidiary and have been delivered by the Company or such Subsidiary to the Trustee for
cancellation. All money, if any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent shall be remitted to the
Company. In addition, the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited
with the Paying Agent or the Trustee by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the
redemption price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed.
Unless the Company and the Guarantors default in the payment of such redemption price,
interest on the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the
applicable redemption date, subject to the satisfaction of any conditions to such redemption,
whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.
SECTION 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in
part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof (at the
Companys expense) a new Note, equal in a principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note
surrendered; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
SECTION 3.7. Change of Control Offer. If a Change of Control Triggering Event
occurs, unless the Company shall have exercised its option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this
Article III, the Company shall be required to make a Change of Control Offer and, to the extent
Notes are tendered pursuant to such Offer, repurchase such Notes by making the Change
24
of Control
Payment in respect of such Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date, all as set forth in the
Change of Control Offer provisions of the reverse of the forms of the Notes set forth in
Exhibit A and Exhibit B.
ARTICLE IV
Covenants
SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes. The Company covenants and agrees that it shall promptly pay the principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this
Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if, on or before 11:00
a.m. (New York City time) on such date, the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or, if the Company, any of
the Guarantors or any of the Parent Guarantors Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, the segregated
account or separate trust fund maintained by the Company, such Guarantor or such Subsidiary
pursuant to Section 2.4) holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all
principal (and premium, if any) and interest then due.
The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
bankruptcy law) on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any bankruptcy law) on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful as provided in Section 2.13.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company, the
Guarantors or the Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or
withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America or other domestic or
foreign taxing authorities from principal or interest payments hereunder.
SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens. The Parent Guarantor shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue, incur, create, assume or guarantee any Debt secured by
a Lien upon a Principal Property or upon any Capital Stock or Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary
without in any such case effectively providing, concurrently with the issuance, incurrence,
creation, assumption or guaranty of any such secured Debt, or the grant of such Lien, that the
Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or, at the option of the Parent Guarantor, prior
to) such secured Debt. The foregoing restriction, however, will not apply to any of the following:
(a) Liens existing on the Issue Date or provided for under the terms of agreements existing
on the Issue Date;
(b) Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary,
securing Debt of such Person; provided such Debt was not incurred in connection with such Person or
entity becoming a Subsidiary and such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than
those of the Person becoming a Subsidiary;
25
(c) Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into
or consolidated with the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, or at the time of a sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or
assets of a Person to the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Lien
was not incurred in anticipation of the merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation, sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance, other disposition or other such transaction by which such Person was
merged into or consolidated with the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(d) Liens on property or assets securing (i) all or any portion of the cost of acquiring,
constructing, altering, developing, expanding, improving or repairing any property or assets, real
or personal, or improvements used or to be used in connection with the property of the Parent
Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) Debt incurred by the Parent Guarantor or any
Restricted Subsidiary to provide funds for the activities set forth in clause (d)(i) above;
(e) Liens in favor of the Parent Guarantor or one or more Restricted Subsidiary;
(f) Liens on any property or assets securing (i) Debt incurred in connection with the
construction, installation or financing of pollution control or abatement facilities or other form
of industrial revenue bond financing or (ii) Debt issued or guaranteed by the United States or any
State thereof or any department, agency or instrumentality of either;
(g) Liens for taxes not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the Parent
Guarantors or any Restricted Subsidiarys books in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles;
(h) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens,
repairmens or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Guarantor
or any Restricted Subsidiary that are not more than 60 days past due or that are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(i) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business;
(j) Liens arising out of pledges or deposits under workers compensation laws, unemployment
insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar
legislation;
(k) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against
real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar
character and which do not in any material way affect the marketability of the same or interfere
with the use thereof in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted
Subsidiary;
(l) Liens arising under operating agreements or similar agreements entered into in the
ordinary course of business in respect of obligations which are not yet due or which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
26
(m) Liens on personal property (excluding the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary)
securing Debt of the Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Funded Debt incurred
in the ordinary course of business;
(n) Liens which secure a judgment or other court-ordered award or settlement as to which the
Parent Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary has not exhausted its appellate rights;
(o) Liens to secure Hedging Obligations; and
(p) Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive
extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by
Liens referred to in any of clauses (a) to (o) above, so long as such Lien is limited to all or
part of substantially the same property which secured the Lien extended, renewed or replaced, and
the amount of Debt secured is not increased (other than by the amount equal to any costs and
expenses (including any premium, fees or penalties) incurred in connection with any extension,
renewal, refinancing or refunding).
Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding paragraph, the Parent Guarantor and the
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to incur Debt, secured by Liens otherwise prohibited by
Section 4.2, which, together with the value of Attributable Debt outstanding pursuant to any Sale
and Lease-Back Transaction permitted pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 4.3, do not exceed
15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets measured at the date of incurrence of the Lien.
SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. The Parent Guarantor
shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction with respect to any Principal Property, other than any such Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction involving a lease for a term of not more than three years or any such Sale and
Lease-Back Transaction between the Parent Guarantor and one of the Restricted Subsidiaries or
between the Restricted Subsidiaries, unless:
(a) the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Debt
secured by a Lien on the Principal Property involved in such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction at
least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction, without equally and ratably securing the Notes, pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof; or
(b) the proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction are at least equal to the fair
market value of the affected Principal Property (as determined in good faith by the Parent
Guarantors Board of Directors) and the Parent Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary applies an
amount equal to the net proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction within 12 months of such
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction to any (or a combination) of:
(i) the prepayment or retirement of the Notes;
(ii) the prepayment, retirement or defeasance (other than any mandatory retirement,
mandatory prepayment or sinking fund payment or by payment at maturity) of other Debt of the
Parent Guarantor or of one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than
27
Debt that is
subordinated to the Notes or Debt owed to the Parent Guarantor or one of the Restricted
Subsidiaries) that matures more than 12 months after its creation; or
(iii) the acquisition, construction, alteration, development, expansion, improvement
or repair of other property used or to be used in the ordinary course of business of the
Parent Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that for purposes of this clause
(b)(iii), any amounts expended to acquire, construct, alter, develop, expand, improve or
repair such other property during the six months preceding such Sale and
Lease-Back Transaction may also be applied as a credit against the net proceeds from
the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.
Notwithstanding the restrictions in the preceding paragraph, the Parent Guarantor and the
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to enter into Sale and Lease-Back Transactions otherwise
prohibited by Section 4.3, which, together with all Debt outstanding pursuant to the second
paragraph of Section 4.2, do not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets measured at the
closing date of the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction.
SECTION 4.4. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Company shall deliver to the
Trustee, on or before December 15 of each calendar year or on or before such other day in each
calendar year as the Company and the Trustee may from time to time agree upon, an Officers
Certificate (which shall be signed by one of the principal executive officer, principal accounting
officer or principal financial officer of the Company), stating whether or not, to the best
knowledge of the signers thereof, the Company or any of the Guarantors is in default in the
performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture
(without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the
Company or any of the Guarantors shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature
and status thereof of which they may have knowledge. In addition, when any Default has occurred
and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly after the
occurrence thereof by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officers
Certificate specifying such event, notice or other action or inaction, its status and what action
the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain the office
or agency required under Section 2.3. The Company shall give prior written notice to the Trustee
of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the
Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made
or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.2.
SECTION 4.6. Reporting. The Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, shall
furnish the Trustee any document or report the Company or the Parent Guarantor, as applicable, is
required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within 15 days
after such document or report is filed with the SEC. Delivery of such reports, information and
documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustees receipt of such shall
not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Companys compliance with any of its covenants
hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers Certificates).
28
SECTION 4.7. Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall do
or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
existence as a corporation or other Person.
SECTION 4.8. Additional Interest Notice. In the event that the Company is required
to pay Additional Interest to holders of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company will provide written notice (Additional Interest Notice) to the Trustee of its
obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than fifteen days prior to the proposed payment date
for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of
Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any
time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Notes to determine the Additional
Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional
Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional
Interest.
ARTICLE V
Merger; Consolidation or Sale of Assets
SECTION 5.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms. (a) The Company
shall not merge into or consolidate with any other Person or Persons or sell, lease, transfer,
convey or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other
Person or Persons, unless:
(i) the successor Person is organized under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia;
(ii) the successor Person expressly assumes, by an indenture supplemental hereto,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Companys
obligation for the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on the Notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of the Notes and
this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; and
(iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that
such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental
indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture
comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the
conditions precedent in Section 5.1(a)(i) relating to such transaction have been complied
with.
(b) The restrictions in Sections 5.1(a) hereof shall not be applicable to
29
(i) the merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation of the Company with an
affiliate of the Company if the Board of Directors determines in good faith that the purpose
of such transaction is principally to change the state of incorporation of the Company or
convert the form of organization of the Company to another form; or
(ii) the merger of the Company with or into a single direct or indirect wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Section 251(g) (or any successor provision) of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or similar provision of the Companys
state of incorporation).
SECTION 5.2. Successor Person Substituted for the Company. Upon any consolidation
of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any sale, transfer, lease
or other conveyance of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety in accordance with
Section 5.1(a), the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is
merged or to which such sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture with
the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter,
the predecessor Person shall be released of all obligations to pay principal and interest on the
Notes and all other obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes.
SECTION 5.3. Parent Guarantor Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms. (a) The
Parent Guarantor shall not merge into or consolidate with any other Person or Persons or sell,
lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an
entirety to any other Person or Persons, unless:
(i) the successor Person is organized under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia;
(ii) the successor Person expressly assumes, by an indenture supplemental hereto,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Parent
Guarantors obligation for the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if
any) and interest on the Notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of the
Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Parent Guarantor to be performed or observed;
(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; and
(iv) the Parent Guarantor has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance,
transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such
transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
(b) The restrictions in Sections 5.3(a) hereof shall not be applicable to:
30
(i) the merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation of the Parent Guarantor
with an affiliate of the Parent Guarantor if the Board of Directors determines in good faith
that the purpose of such transaction is principally to change the state of incorporation of
the Parent Guarantor or convert the form of organization of the Parent Guarantor to another
form; or
(ii) the merger of the Parent Guarantor with or into a single direct or indirect
wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor pursuant to Section 251(g) (or any successor
provision) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or similar provision of
the Parent Guarantors state of incorporation).
SECTION 5.4. Successor Person Substituted for the Parent Guarantor. Upon any
consolidation of the Parent Guarantor with, or merger of the Parent Guarantor into, any other
Person or any sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance of its properties and assets substantially
as an entirety in accordance with Section 5.3, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or
into which the Parent Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, transfer, lease or other
conveyance is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power
of, the Parent Guarantor under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had
been named as the Parent Guarantor herein, and thereafter, the predecessor Person shall be released
of all obligations to pay principal and interest on the Notes and all other obligations and
covenants under the Indenture and the Notes.
ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. Event of Default means, wherever used herein with
respect to the Notes, as the case may be, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for
such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation
of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation
of any administrative or governmental body):
(1) the failure to pay interest on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable,
and the Default continues for a period of 30 days;
(2) the failure to pay the principal (or premium, if any) of the Notes, when such
principal (or premium, if any) becomes due and payable, at Maturity, upon acceleration, upon
redemption or otherwise;
(3) a Default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement
contained in this Indenture, and the Default continues for a period of 60 days after the
Company receives written notice specifying the Default (and demanding that
such Default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders holding at least 25% of the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes;
(4) failure to pay at maturity, or upon acceleration of, any Debt of the Parent
Guarantor, the Company and/or any other Significant Subsidiary at any one time
31
in an amount
in excess of $50.0 million, if the Debt is not discharged or the acceleration is not
annulled within 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders
holding at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes; or
(5) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order
for relief in respect of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant
Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order
adjudging the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary a bankrupt
or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other
Significant Subsidiary under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian,
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the
Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part
of their property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the
continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order
unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
(6) the commencement by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant
Subsidiary of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or
proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by any of the Parent
Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary to the entry of a decree or order
for relief in respect of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant
Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any
bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any
other Significant Subsidiary, or the filing by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any
other Significant Subsidiary of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or
relief under any applicable federal or state law, or the consent by the Parent Guarantor,
the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary to the filing of such petition or to the
appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other
Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by the
Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary of an assignment for the
benefit of creditors, or the admission by the Parent Guarantor, the Company or any other
Significant Subsidiary in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become
due, or the authorization of any such action by the Board of Directors of the Parent
Guarantor, the Company or any other Significant Subsidiary.
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.
(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or
Section 6.1(6)) with respect to Notes occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee
or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the
principal of all the Notes and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to be due and payable
immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company and the Guarantors (and to the
32
Trustee if given
by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) and accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, thereon shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or (6) occurs and is continuing, the principal of all Notes and
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, shall automatically become and be immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.
(b) At any time after such an acceleration with respect to Notes, the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may
rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
(1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
(2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of
principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration;
(3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue
installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such
declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and
(4) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the
Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right
consequent thereon.
SECTION 6.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. (a)
The Company covenants that if:
(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when such interest
becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or
(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Note
at the Stated Maturity thereof,
the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such
Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and
interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on
any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates
prescribed therefor in such Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
(b) If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its
own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection
of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and
may enforce the same against the Company or any of the Guarantors and collect the moneys adjudged
or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or the
Guarantors.
33
(c) If an Event of Default with respect to Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Notes
by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and
enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this
Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper
remedy.
SECTION 6.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
(a) In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any of the Guarantors, its
property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such
proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions in order to have claims of the Holders and the
Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect
and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to
distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make
such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6.
(b) No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize
the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided,
however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in
bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors or other similar committee.
SECTION 6.5. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of
action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee
without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating
thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment
has been recovered.
SECTION 6.6. Application of Money Collected. Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the
following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such
money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and
the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully
paid:
First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6;
Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and
premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which
34
such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any)
and interest, respectively; and
Third: To the payment of the balance, if any, to the Company, the Guarantors or any
other Person or Persons legally entitled thereto.
SECTION 6.7. Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any right to
institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the
appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing
Event of Default with respect to the Notes;
(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes,
considered as one class, shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute
proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against
the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee
during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes, considered as one class, it being understood and intended that no one or
more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by
availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of
any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any
other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture (it being understood that
the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or
forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders), except in the manner herein provided
and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.
SECTION 6.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right,
which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any)
and interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, if
applicable, on the redemption date or the Change of Control Payment Date) and to institute suit for
the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of
such Holder.
SECTION 6.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has
instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding
has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee
or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any
35
determination in such proceeding,
the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and
respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred
upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in
addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in
equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise,
shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the
Trustee or of any Holder of any Notes to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of
Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default
or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the
Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed
expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
SECTION 6.12. Control By Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Trustee, with respect to the Notes; provided that:
(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this
Indenture;
(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not
inconsistent with such direction; and
(3) such direction is not unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes
not joining in that action.
If an Event of Default is continuing with respect to all outstanding Notes, the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of all the outstanding Notes, considered as one class, shall have the
right to make such direction, and not the Holders of Notes.
SECTION 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under the Indenture
shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past
default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default:
(1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note,
or
(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX cannot be
modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
36
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist and be deemed not to have occurred,
and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have
occurred, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right
or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered
or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an
undertaking to pay the costs, including legal fees and expenses of such suit, and may assess costs
against any such party litigant; provided that this Section 6.14 shall not be deemed to authorize
any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in (1) any suit instituted
by the Trustee, (2) any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the
aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or (3) any suit instituted by
any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest
on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, if applicable,
on or after the redemption date or the Change of Control Payment Date).
SECTION 6.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Each of the Company and the
Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time
insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the
covenants or the performance of this Indenture;
and each of the Company and the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it shall not hinder,
delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE VII
Trustee
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
Persons own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be
read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as
to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
Officers Certificates and Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and
37
conforming to
the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such Officers Certificates
and Opinions of Counsel which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be
furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officers Certificates and Opinions
of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture
(but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other
facts stated therein).
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this subsection does not limit the effect of Section 7.1(b) or 7.1(e);
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by
a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.12.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or other property received by
it or for holding moneys or other property uninvested, in either case, except as otherwise agreed
in writing among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. Money and
other property held in trust by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided,
be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from
other money or property except to the extent required by law.
(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
(f) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of
or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and
to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, where applicable.
(g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly,
forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts
of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of
God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as
practicable under the circumstances.
The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated herein shall not be construed as
duty on the part of the Trustee.
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee.
38
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting in reliance on, any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the
document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers or perform any duties hereunder
either directly through attorneys and agents, respectively, and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers to exist or omits to
take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided,
however, that the Trustees conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of
counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or
suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested
in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this
Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with
such request or direction.
(g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Notes unless either (1) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default
or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given
to a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office by the Company or any other obligor
on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes. Any such notice shall reference this Indenture and the
Notes.
(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee
pursuant to this Indenture, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities as Registrar and Paying Agent, as the case
may be, hereunder.
(i) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or
document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further reasonable inquiry or
reasonable investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall
determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable
notice and at reasonable times, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company and
39
each
Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company or such Guarantor and
shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or
investigation.
(j) The Trustee may request that the Company or any of the Guarantors deliver a certificate,
substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, setting forth the names of individuals
and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this
Indenture.
(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit)
irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action.
(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the
performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company and the Guarantors with the same rights it would have
if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like
rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.9.
SECTION 7.4. Trustees Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity,
adequacy or priority of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Companys
use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the
Company or the Guarantors in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale
of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustees certificate of authentication.
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is continuing and
if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the
Default within 90 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by
a Trust Officer of the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of (and
premium, if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a
committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed
to the interests of Noteholders.
SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company and each of the Guarantors, severally and jointly, covenant and agree to pay to
the Trustee (and any predecessor Trustee) from time to time such compensation for its services as
the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The
Trustees compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust. The Company or one of the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses), disbursements and
advances incurred or made by it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including
costs of collection, in addition to such compensation for its services, except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Such
expenses shall include the
40
reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustees agents and counsel. The Trustee shall provide the Company and the Guarantors reasonable
notice of any material expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. The Company and each of
the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee, its officers,
directors, employees and any predecessor Trustees against any and all loss, damage, claim,
liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) (other than taxes
applicable to the Trustees compensation hereunder) incurred by it in connection with the
acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The
Trustee shall notify the Company and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity. Failure by the Trustee so to notify the Company and the Guarantors shall not relieve
the Company and each of the Guarantors of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the
Company or the Guarantors have been prejudiced by such failure. The Company and the Guarantors
shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate, to the extent reasonable, in the defense of
any such claim, and, if (in the opinion of counsel to the Trustee) the facts and/or issues
surrounding the claim are reasonably likely to create a conflict with the Company or one of the
Guarantors, the Company and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of separate
counsel to the Trustee. Neither the Company nor the Guarantors need reimburse any expense or
indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustees own
willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
Neither the Company nor the Guarantors need pay for any settlement made without its consent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
To secure the Companys and the Guarantors payment obligations in this Section 7.6, the
Trustee (including any predecessor trustee) shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on particular Notes.
The Companys and the Guarantors payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.6 shall
survive the satisfaction, discharge and termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal
of the Trustee and any discharge of this Indenture including any discharge under any bankruptcy
law. In addition to and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the
provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the
occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(5) or (6) with respect to the Company or the
Guarantors, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses
of administration under bankruptcy law.
SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time upon 30 days written notice to the Company. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may remove the Trustee
upon 30 days written notice to the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, which successor
Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:
(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9;
(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
or
41
(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if
a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred
to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company and the Company shall pay all amounts due and owing to the Trustee under
Section 7.6 of the Indenture. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Noteholders affected by such resignation or removal. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer
all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in
Section 7.6.
If a successor Trustee does not take office with respect to the Notes within 30 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal
amount of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9, any Noteholder may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Companys and
the Guarantors obligations under Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring
Trustee.
SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be
the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible
under this Article VII and Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto.
In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been
authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at
that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may
authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which
it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall
have.
42
SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as
set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with
Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the
operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act and any indenture or indentures under
which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the
Company or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
Section 310(b)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act are met.
Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the SEC the application referred to
in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
SECTION 7.10. Reports by Trustee.
(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its
actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times
and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. If required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture
Act, the Trustee shall, within sixty days after each May 15 following the date of the initial
issuance of Notes under this Indenture deliver to Holders a brief report, dated as of such May 15,
which complies with the provisions of such Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with
Sections 313(b) and 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.
(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed
by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, with the
Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the
Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any
creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the
extent indicated.
ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. Subject to Section 8.1(c), the Company and the Guarantors may terminate their obligations
under this Indenture, when:
(1) Either:
|
(a) |
|
all the Notes that have been authenticated and
delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
all the Notes issued that have not been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable
or will become due and |
43
|
|
|
payable at their Stated Maturity within one year
(discharge) or are to be called for redemption within one
year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of
notice of redemption by such Trustee in the Companys name and at the
Companys expense, and the Company has deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee sufficient funds to pay and discharge the
entire Debt on the Notes to pay principal (and premium, if any),
interest and any additional amounts; |
(2) The Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under
this Indenture; and
(3) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate or an Opinion of
Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been compiled with.
(b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company or any of the Guarantors at any time may
terminate (i) all of their obligations under the Notes and this Indenture relating thereto
(legal defeasance option) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.6, 5.1
and 5.3 and the operation of Sections 6.1(3) and (4) (covenant defeasance option). The
Company and any of the Guarantors may exercise the legal defeasance option notwithstanding a prior
exercise of the covenant defeasance option.
If the Company or any of the Guarantors exercises the legal defeasance option with respect to
the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the
Company exercises the covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated
because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(3) (only with respect to the covenants
terminated pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(ii) above) or 6.1(4).
Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the
Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company
terminates.
(c) Notwithstanding Sections 8.1(a) and 8.1(b) above, the Companys obligations in Sections
2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.9, 2.11, 4.1, 4.5, Article VII, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the
Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Companys and the Trustees obligations in Sections
7.6, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive.
SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with
respect to the Notes only if:
(i) the Company or the Guarantors irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with
the Trustee as trust funds for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically
pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders:
|
(a) |
|
money in dollars or in such foreign currency in
which the notes are payable in at stated maturity; |
44
|
(b) |
|
non-callable U.S. Government Obligations; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
a combination of money and non-callable U.S.
Government Obligations, |
in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the written opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants to pay and discharge, and which shall be
applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on the outstanding Notes on the day on which such payments are due and payable in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture and of the Notes.
(ii) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company and the Guarantors have
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B)
since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income
tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall
confirm that, the Noteholders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income
tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and shall be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
(iii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered
to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Noteholders shall not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and
defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had
not occurred; and
(iv) no Event of Default or event with which notice of lapse of time or both would
become an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing at the
time of such deposit;
(v) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have
a conflicting interest for the purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any of
the Companys or the Guarantors securities;
(vi) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other agreement or
instrument to which the Company or the Guarantors are a party, or by which the Company or
the Guarantors are bound;
(vii) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will not cause any securities
listed on any registered national stock exchange under the Exchange Act to be delisted;
(viii) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance will be effected in compliance
with any additional terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company or
the Guarantors in connection therewith; and
45
(ix) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such legal defeasance or
covenant defeasance have been complied with.
Before or after a deposit, the Company or any of the Guarantors may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of any Notes at a future date in accordance with
Article III.
SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it
pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S.
Government Obligations either directly or through the Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine and
in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on the Notes.
SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company or the Guarantors
upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.
Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay
to the Company or the Guarantors upon written request any money held by them for the payment of
principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of such
principal and interest, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company
or the Guarantors for payment as general creditors.
Any unclaimed funds held by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be held uninvested
and without any liability for interest.
SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company or any of the Guarantors shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any
tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or
the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations other than any such tax,
fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the defeased Notes; provided
that the Trustee shall be entitled to charge any such tax, fee or other charge to such Holders
account.
SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations
in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Companys and the Guarantors obligations under the Notes and this Indenture
relating thereto shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this
Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that (a) if
the Company or any of the Guarantors has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes
following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company and the Guarantors shall be subrogated
to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S.
Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b) unless otherwise required by any
legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority, the Trustee or
Paying Agent shall return all such money and U.S. Government Obligations to the Company or
46
the
Guarantors promptly after receiving a written request therefor at any time, if such reinstatement
of the Companys and the Guarantors obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect.
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
SECTION 9.1. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Guarantors, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may
enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto without the consent of any Holder for any of
the following purposes:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;
(iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor
Trustee;
(v) to conform the terms of this Indenture, the Notes and/or the Guarantees to any
provision or other description of the Notes or Guarantees, as the case may be, contained in
the Offering Memorandum for the Notes;
(vi) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or
limited liability company of the Companys or the Guarantors obligations under the
Indenture and the Notes, in each case in compliance with the provisions thereof;
(vii) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders (including to secure the Notes, add guarantees with respect thereto, transfer any
property to or with the Trustee, add to the Companys covenants for the benefit of the
Holders, add any additional events of default for the Notes, or surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors) or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect;
(viii) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which shall have terms
substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes (except that the
transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as
appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will be treated, together
with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities;
(ix) to provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes;
(x) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository
47
(xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal (and premium,
if any) on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not adversely
affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or
(xii) supplement any provision of this Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or
facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture;
provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of any of the Holders in
any material respect.
SECTION 9.2. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders. With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class), the Company and
the Guarantors, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into one or more
indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing
in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental
indenture, or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Notes under this Indenture;
provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of
each outstanding Note affected thereby:
(i) reduce the principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment;
(ii) reduce the rate of, change or have the effect of changing the time for payment
of interest, including defaulted interest, on the Notes;
(iii) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed
maturity of the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or
repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor;
(iv) make the Notes payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes or change
the place of payment of the Notes from that stated in the Notes or in this Indenture;
(v) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each
Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes on
or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting
Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events of
Default;
(vi) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and
conditions of the obligations of the Guarantors under Article X;
(vii) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely
affect the Holders; or
(viii) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions.
48
It shall not be necessary for any act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the
particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such act
shall approve the substance thereof.
SECTION 9.3. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture,
the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture
is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter
into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustees own rights, duties or immunities
under this Indenture or otherwise.
SECTION 9.4. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture
shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of
this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated
and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
SECTION 9.5. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form
approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the
Company shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and
the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE X
Guarantees
SECTION 10.1. Guarantees. Each of the Guarantors hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each
Holder of the Notes and to the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity,
by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture (all the foregoing being
hereinafter collectively called the Obligations). Each of the Guarantors further agrees
(to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in
part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X
notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.
Each of the Guarantors waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the
Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each of the
Guarantors waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of
each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected by: (a) the failure of any Holder to assert
any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under
this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement
49
or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any
thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of
this Indenture, the Notes or any other
agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the
Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Company.
Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Guarantees herein constitute guarantees of
payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any
resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Obligations.
The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction,
limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in
full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not
be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by
reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each of the Guarantors herein shall
not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any
claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by
any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise,
in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any
other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of each of the
Guarantors or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantors as a matter of law or
equity.
Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Guarantees herein shall continue to be
effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must
otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or
otherwise.
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has
at law or in equity against any of the Guarantors by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company
to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each of the Guarantors hereby promises to and shall, upon
receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the
Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing
and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent
not prohibited by law).
Each of the Guarantors further agrees that, as between itself, on the one hand, and the
Holders, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be
accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantees herein,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect
of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (ii) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration
of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due
and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of these Guarantees.
50
Each of the Guarantors also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under
this Section 10.1.
SECTION 10.2. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantors hereunder, none of the
Guarantors shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder
against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee
or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any of the Guarantors seek or be
entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Guarantor in
respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and
the Holders, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be
paid to any of the Guarantors on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the
Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust
for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall,
forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received
by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied
against the Obligations.
SECTION 10.3. Consideration. Each of the Guarantors has received, or shall receive, direct or indirect benefits from the
making of the Guarantees.
ARTICLE XI
Miscellaneous
SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. Subsequent to any qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if and to
the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another
provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the
provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control.
SECTION 11.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing (including facsimile) and delivered in
person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Company or the Guarantors:
Acuity Brands, Inc.
1170 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 2400
Atlanta, Georgia 30309-7676
Facsimile Number: (404) 853-1430
Attention: Richard K. Reece, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
51
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
7000 Central Parkway
Suite 550
Atlanta, GA 30328
Facsimile Number: (770) 551-5118
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Any notices between the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may be by facsimile or
certified first class mail, receipt confirmed and the original to follow by guaranteed overnight
courier. The Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the
Noteholders address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be
sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect
its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the
manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust
Indenture Act.
SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to
take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company or any such Guarantors, as
the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
(i) an Officers Certificate of the Company or any such Guarantor, as the case may
be, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the
signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been complied with; and
(ii) an Opinion of Counsel of the Company or any such Guarantor, as the case may be,
in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Opinion of Counsel shall be given with respect to the
authentication and delivery of any Initial Notes on the date hereof.
SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. The certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided
for in this Indenture shall include:
52
(i) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;
(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such
covenant or condition has been complied with.
SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred
in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any of the Guarantors or by any
Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with the Company or any of the Guarantors (an Affiliate) shall be disregarded and deemed
not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a
Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to
the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The
Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
SECTION 11.8. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE (BUT, FOR THE
AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, NOT INCLUDING THE HOLDERS OF THE NOTES) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY.
SECTION 11.9. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder (other than the Company or the Guarantors), as
such, of the Company or the Guarantors shall not have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or the Guarantors under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a
Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be
part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
SECTION 11.10. Successors. All agreements of the Company and any of the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes
shall bind its successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind
its successors.
53
SECTION 11.11. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to
prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile
or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the
parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of
the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures
for all purposes.
SECTION 11.12. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of
this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be
considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 11.13. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot
Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions, and in order to help fight the funding of
terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that
identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the
Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such
information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A.
Patriot Act.
54
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.,
as Issuer
|
|
|
By |
/s/ Richard K. Reece
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard K. Reece |
|
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President |
|
|
|
ACUITY BRANDS, INC.,
as the Parent Guarantor
|
|
|
By |
/s/ Richard K. Reece
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard K. Reece |
|
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer |
|
|
|
ABL IP HOLDING LLC,
as Guarantor
|
|
|
By |
/s/ Richard K. Reece
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard K. Reece |
|
|
|
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer |
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
|
|
|
By |
/s/ Elizabeth T. Wagner
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Elizabeth T. Wagner |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Applicable Restricted Securities Legend]
[Depository Legend, if applicable]
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
6.00% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019
|
|
|
No. ___
|
|
Principal Amount $ |
|
|
(subject to adjustment as reflected in the |
|
|
Schedule of Increases and Decreases in |
|
|
Global Note attached hereto) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CUSIP NO.
|
|
[00510R AA1 (Rule 144A)] |
|
|
|
|
[U00600 AA1 (Regulation S)] |
|
|
ISIN NO.
|
|
[US00510R AA14 (Rule 144A)] |
|
|
|
|
[USU00600 AA13 (Regulation S)] |
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to
, or registered assigns, the principal sum of
Dollars (subject to
adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)
on December 15, 2019.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2010
[alternative, if applicable first interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 of each year.
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.
A-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC. has caused this Note to be duly executed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
TRUSTEES CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
Dated: _______ ______, 20___
A-2
[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
1. Interest
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns
under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the Company), promises
to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 6.00% per annum; provided,
however, that, upon the occurrence or failure to occur of certain events specified in the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement, pay additional interest on the principal amount of this Note at
a rate of 0.50% per annum after such event occurs or fails to occur so long as such event continues
or fails to occur, as the case may be. Such additional interest shall be payable in addition to
any other interest payable from time to time with respect to this Note.
The Company shall pay interest semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each such
date, an Interest Payment Date), commencing on June 15, 2010 [alternative, if
applicablefirst interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes
shall accrue from December 8, 2009 [alternative, if applicabledate of issuance of any Additional
Notes], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2. Method of Payment
By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of (and
premium, if any) or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit
with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The
Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of
Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the Interest
Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or
before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States
that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in
respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal (and premium, if any) and
interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by
The Depository Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note
(including principal (and premium, if any) and interest) by mailing a check to the registered
address of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States
maintained by the payee.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the
Trustee), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its
domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
A-3
4. Indenture
The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 8, 2009 (as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the
Indenture), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to the Indenture, those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
effect on the date of the Indenture (the Trust Indenture Act). Capitalized terms used
herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are
subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture
Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the
express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Initial
Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date,
any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes
issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are
treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the ability of the Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiary to create liens,
enter into sale and lease-back transactions and on the ability of the Company and the Parent
Guarantor to enter into mergers and consolidations.
The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5. Optional Redemption
The Company may redeem this Note at any time, in whole or from time to time in part, at a
redemption price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and
unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date: (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed;
and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and
interest. In determining the present values of the remaining scheduled payments, such payments
shall be discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.40%
(the Make-Whole Amount).
If notice has been given as provided in the Indenture and funds for the redemption of this
Note or any part thereof called for redemption shall have been made available on the redemption
date, this Note or such part thereof shall cease to bear interest on the redemption date referred
to in such notice and the only right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the redemption
price. Notice of any optional redemption of any Notes shall be given to the Holder hereof (in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to
the redemption date. The notice of redemption shall specify, among other things, the redemption
price and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The notice of redemption may be
conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption,
condition the redemption of the Notes specified in the notice of redemption upon the completion of
other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company or by the
Company). In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note
A-4
of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof and otherwise having the same terms and
provisions as this Note shall be issued by the Company in the name of the Holder hereof upon the
presentation and surrender hereof.
Comparable Treasury Issue means the United States Treasury security or securities
selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity
comparable to the remaining term of the Note that would be utilized, at the time of selection and
in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities
of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Note.
Comparable Treasury Price means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (1) the
average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date after excluding the
highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains
fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
Independent Investment Banker means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers, appointed
by the Parent Guarantor.
Reference Treasury Dealer means Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. and their respective affiliates, and their respective successors and one other
nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a primary U.S. government securities dealer
in the City of New York (a Primary Treasury Dealer) as selected by the Parent Guarantor.
If any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the
Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations means, with respect to each Reference Treasury
Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and ask
prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal
amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (New York
City time) on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.
Remaining Scheduled Payments means, with respect to each Note to be redeemed, the
remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the Note that would be due after the
related Redemption Date but for the redemption. If that Redemption Date is not an interest payment
date with respect to the Note, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment on the
Note shall be reduced by the amount of interest accrued on the Note to the Redemption Date.
Treasury Rate means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal
to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolation (on a day count basis) of the
interpolated Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue
(expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such
Redemption Date.
The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
A-5
6. |
|
Change of Control Offer |
If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to
redeem the Notes as described in Article III, the Company shall be required to make an offer (the
Change of Control Offer) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or, at the Holders
option, any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that
Holders Notes on the terms set forth in the Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company
shall be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but not
including, the date of repurchase (the Change of Control Payment). Within 30 days
following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Companys option, prior to any Change
of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the
Change of Control, a notice shall be mailed to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction or
transactions that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering
to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30
days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the Change of Control
Payment Date). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of
Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event
occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
In order to accept the Change of Control Offer, the Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent,
at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, this Note together with
the form entitled Election Form (which form is annexed as Exhibit E to the Indenture)
duly completed, or a facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities
exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or a commercial bank or trust company in
the United States setting forth:
(ii) the name of the Holder of this Note;
(iii) the principal amount of this Note;
(iv) the principal amount of this Note to be repurchased;
(v) the certificate number or a description of the tenor and terms of this Note;
(vi) a statement that the Holder is accepting the Change of Control Offer; and
(vii) a guarantee that this Note, together with the form entitled Election Form
duly completed, shall be received by the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to
the Change of Control Payment Date.
Any exercise by a Holder of its election to accept the Change of Control Offer shall be
irrevocable. The Change of Control Offer may be accepted for less than the entire principal amount
of this Note, but in that event the principal amount of this Note remaining outstanding after
repurchase must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
A-6
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer;
(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment
in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions of Notes being repurchased.
The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times
and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the
Guarantor and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its
offer. In the event that such third party terminates or defaults its offer, the Company will be
required to make a Change of Control Offer treating the date of such termination or default as
though it were the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event.
At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for repurchase,
the Company shall also deliver an Officers Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted
by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof. A Note shall be deemed to have
been accepted for repurchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or
delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.
Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers
Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Company to
make such offer have been complied with.
The Company and the Guarantors shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, to the extent those laws
and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a
Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws
or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company and
the Guarantors shall comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to
have breached their obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes by
virtue of any such conflict.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any one of the following: (1) the direct
or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger,
amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, to one or more Persons, other than to the Parent Guarantor or one of its subsidiaries;
(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Parent Guarantors Board of Directors
is not composed of Continuing Directors (as defined below); (3) the consummation of any transaction
including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation the result of
which is that any Person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of
the Parent Guarantors Voting Stock (as
A-7
defined below); (4) the Parent Guarantor consolidates with, or merges with or into, any
Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Parent Guarantor, in any such
event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent
Guarantor or of such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other
property, other than any such transaction where the shares of the Parent Guarantors Voting Stock
outstanding immediately prior to such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged
for, a majority of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person immediately after giving effect to such
transaction; or (5) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the
Parent Guarantor. For the purposes of this definition, Person and beneficial owner have the
meanings used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.
Change of Control Triggering Event means the Notes cease to be rated Investment
Grade by both Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the Trigger Period)
commencing on the first public announcement of the Change of Control and ending 60 days following
consummation of such Change of Control, which Trigger Period shall be extended following
consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any of the Rating Agencies has publicly
announced that it is considering a possible ratings change. Unless at least one Rating Agency is
providing a rating for the Notes at the commencement of any Trigger Period, the Notes shall be
deemed to have ceased to be rated Investment Grade during that Trigger Period. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no Change of Control Triggering Event shall be deemed to have occurred in connection
with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been
consummated.
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of determination, any member of the
Parent Guarantors Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Parent Guarantors Board of
Directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Parent
Guarantors Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were
members of the Parent Guarantors Board of Directors at the time of such nomination, election or
appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval by such directors of the Parent Guarantors
proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director.)
Investment Grade means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by
Moodys or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from
any replacement Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Parent Guarantor.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moodys Corporation,
and its successors.
Rating Agencies means (1) each of Moodys and S&P; and (2) if any of the Rating
Agencies ceases to provide rating services to issuers or investors, and no Change of Control
Triggering Event has occurred or is occurring, a nationally recognized statistical rating
organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act that is
selected by the Parent Guarantor (as certified by a resolution of its Board of Directors) as a
replacement for Moodys or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.
S&P means Standard & Poors Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and its successors.
A-8
Voting Stock of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board of Directors of
such Person.
7. Registration Rights
The Company is party to a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2009, among
the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers named therein, pursuant to which it is
obligated to pay Additional Interest upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the
Registration Rights Agreement.
8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register, transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees
required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part,
the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a
notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.
9. Persons Deemed Owners
The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
10. Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the
date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to
the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only
to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
11. Defeasance
Certain of the Companys and the Guarantors obligations under the Indenture with respect to
the Notes may be terminated if the Company or any of the Guarantors irrevocably deposits with the
Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness on all such Notes, as provided in the Indenture.
12. Amendment, Waiver
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company, the Parent
Guarantor and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in principal amount of
the Notes at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that, without
the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby, no
A-9
such supplemental indenture shall, among other things: (i) reduce the principal amount of
outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; (ii) reduce the rate of, change or
have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on the
Notes; (iii) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of
the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase or
reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor; (iv) make the Notes payable in currency
other than that stated in the Notes or change the place of payment of the Notes from that stated in
the Notes or in this Indenture; (v) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the
right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the
Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting
Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;
(vi) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of
the obligations of the Guarantors under Article X of the Indenture; (vii) make any change to or
modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or (viii) make any change
in these amendment and waiver provisions. The Indenture also permits the Company, the Parent
Guarantor and the Trustee to enter into one or more supplemental indentures, without the consent of
any Holders of the Notes, to, among other things: (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency; (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes; (iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; (iv) to evidence and provide for the
acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; (v) to conform the terms of this Indenture, the
Notes and/or the Guarantees to any provision or other description of the Notes or Guarantees, as
the case may be, contained in the Offering Memorandum for the Notes; (vi) to provide for the
assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the
Companys or the Guarantors obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in each case in
compliance with the provisions thereof; (vii) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders (including to secure the Notes, add guarantees with respect
thereto, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Companys covenants for the
benefit of the Holders, add any additional events of default for the Notes, or surrender any right
or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors) or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect; (viii) to provide for the issuance of the
Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the
Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be
modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will
be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; (ix) to
provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes; (x) to comply with the rules of any applicable
securities depository; (xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal (or
premium, if any) on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not adversely
affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or (xii) supplement any provision of
this Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the
Notes in accordance
with the Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the
interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under the Indenture
shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past
default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default (1) in the
A-10
payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note, or (2) in respect of
a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the
consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
13. Events of Default and Remedies
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company or the Parent
Guarantor are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately
upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable
indemnity. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes
may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from
Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of
Default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest) if it in good faith determines
that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
14. No Recourse Against Others
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or the
interest, if any, on this Note, or for any claim based thereon, or upon any obligation, covenant or
agreement of the Company or any of the Guarantors in the Indenture, against any incorporator,
limited partner, shareholder, trustee, director, officer or employee, as such, past, present of
future, of the Company, of any of the Guarantors or of any successor entity to the Company or any
of the Guarantors, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the
enforcement of any assessment of penalty or otherwise; and all such personal liability is expressly
released and waived as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the issuance of this
Note.
15. Authentication
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an
authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the
other side of this Note.
16. Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN
COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).
17. [CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on
the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No
A-11
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.]
18. Governing Law
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York.
A-12
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignees Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion
Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the certificated Notes evidenced by this
certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original
issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
o
|
|
to the Company; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
o
|
|
for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A
under the Securities Act, to a person it reasonably believes is a
Qualified Institutional Buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account
of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the
transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
o
|
|
pursuant to the offers and sales that occur outside the United States
within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
o
|
|
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
o
|
|
pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective
under the Securities Act. |
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee may refuse to register any of the certificated
Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder
A-13
thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to
registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other
information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
Signature Guarantee:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other
signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee) |
|
|
A-14
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this certificated Note for its
own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it
and any such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigneds foregoing representations in order to
claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer |
|
|
|
Signature Guarantee: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program or other
signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee) |
|
|
A-15
[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount of this Global |
|
|
Signature of authorized |
|
Date of |
|
Amount of decrease in Principal |
|
|
Amount of increase in Principal |
|
|
Note following such decrease or |
|
|
signatory of Trustee or |
|
Exchange |
|
Amount of this Global Note |
|
|
Amount of this Global Note |
|
|
increase |
|
|
Securities Custodian |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-16
EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Depository Legend, if applicable]
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
6.00% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019
|
|
|
No. ___
|
|
Principal Amount $ |
|
|
(subject to adjustment as reflected in the |
|
|
Schedule of Increases and Decreases in |
|
|
Global Note attached hereto) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CUSIP NO.
|
|
00510R AC7 |
|
|
ISIN NO.
|
|
US00510RAC79 |
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to
, or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars (subject to
adjustment as reflected in the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)
on December 15, 2019.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on [June 15, 2010]
[alternative, if applicablefirst interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes].
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 of each year.
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.
B-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC. has caused this Note to be duly executed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
TRUSTEES CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
Dated: ______ ____, 200___
B-2
[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
[Reverse of Note]
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
1. Interest
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns
under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the Company), promises
to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 6.00% per annum.
The Company shall pay interest semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each such
date, an Interest Payment Date), commencing on [June 15, 2010] [alternative, if
applicablefirst interest payment date relating to any Additional Notes]. Interest on the Notes
shall accrue from [December 8, 2009] [alternative, if applicabledate of issuance of any Additional
Notes], or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes. Interest shall
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2. Method of Payment
By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of (and
premium, if any) or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit
with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The
Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of
Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the Interest
Payment Date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or
before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States
that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in
respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal (premium, if any) and interest)
shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The
Depository Trust Company. The Company may make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note
(including principal (premium, if any) and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address
of each Holder thereof or by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by
the payee.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association (the
Trustee), shall initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Noteholder. The Company or any of its
domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent.
B-3
4. Indenture
The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 8, 2009 (as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the
Indenture), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and, subject to the Indenture, those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
effect on the date of the Indenture (the Trust Indenture Act). Capitalized terms used
herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are
subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture
Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the
express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.
The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Note is one of the Exchange
Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date,
any Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Indenture and any Exchange Notes
issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The
Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of
securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the
Parent Guarantor and any Restricted Subsidiary to create liens, enter into sale and lease-back
transactions and on the ability of the Company and the Parent Guarantor to enter into mergers and
consolidations.
The Notes are guaranteed to the extent provided in the Indenture.
5. Optional Redemption
The Company may redeem this Note at any time, in whole or from time to time in part, at a
redemption price equal to the greater of the following amounts, plus, in each case, accrued and
unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date: (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed;
and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and
interest. In determining the present values of the remaining scheduled payments, such payments
shall be discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.40%
(the Make-Whole Amount).
If notice has been given as provided in the Indenture and funds for the redemption of this
Note or any part thereof called for redemption shall have been made available on the redemption
date, this Note or such part thereof shall cease to bear interest on the redemption date referred
to in such notice and the only right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the redemption
price. Notice of any optional redemption of any Notes shall be given to the Holder hereof (in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to
the redemption date. The notice of redemption shall specify, among other things, the redemption
price and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The notice of redemption may be
conditional in that the Company may, notwithstanding the giving of the notice of redemption,
condition the redemption of the Notes specified in the notice of redemption upon the
B-4
completion of other transactions, such as refinancings or acquisitions (whether of the Company
or by the Company). In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a new Note of like tenor
for the unredeemed portion hereof and otherwise having the same terms and provisions as this Note
shall be issued by the Company in the name of the Holder hereof upon the presentation and surrender
hereof.
Comparable Treasury Issue means the United States Treasury security or securities
selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity
comparable to the remaining term of the Note that would be utilized, at the time of selection and
in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities
of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Note.
Comparable Treasury Price means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (1) the
average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date after excluding the
highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains
fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
Independent Investment Banker means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers, appointed
by the Parent Guarantor.
Reference Treasury Dealer means Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. and their respective affiliates, and their respective successors and one other
nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a primary U.S. government securities dealer
in the City of New York (a Primary Treasury Dealer) as selected by the Parent Guarantor.
If any of the foregoing or their affiliates shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the
Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations means, with respect to each Reference Treasury
Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and ask
prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal
amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. (New York
City time) on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.
Remaining Scheduled Payments means, with respect to each Note to be redeemed, the
remaining scheduled payments of principal of and interest on the Note that would be due after the
related Redemption Date but for the redemption. If that Redemption Date is not an interest payment
date with respect to the Note, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment on the
Note shall be reduced by the amount of interest accrued on the Note to the Redemption Date.
Treasury Rate means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal
to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolation (on a day count basis) of the
interpolated Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue
(expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such
Redemption Date.
The Notes shall not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
B-5
6. Change of Control Offer
If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to
redeem the Notes as described in Article III, the Company shall be required to make an offer (the
Change of Control Offer) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or, at the Holders
option, any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that
Holders Notes on the terms set forth in the Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company
shall be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to, but not
including, the date of repurchase (the Change of Control Payment). Within 30 days
following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Companys option, prior to any Change
of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the
Change of Control, a notice shall be mailed to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction or
transactions that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering
to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30
days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the Change of Control
Payment Date). The notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of
Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event
occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
In order to accept the Change of Control Offer, the Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent,
at least five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, this Note together with
the form entitled Election Form (which form is annexed as Exhibit E to the Indenture)
duly completed, or a facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities
exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or a commercial bank or trust company in
the United States setting forth:
(iv) the name of the Holder of this Note;
(v) the principal amount of this Note;
(vi) the principal amount of this Note to be repurchased;
(vii) the certificate number or a description of the tenor and terms of this Note;
(viii) a statement that the Holder is accepting the Change of Control Offer; and
(ix) a guarantee that this Note, together with the form entitled Election Form duly
completed, shall be received by the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the
Change of Control Payment Date.
Any exercise by a Holder of its election to accept the Change of Control Offer shall be
irrevocable. The Change of Control Offer may be accepted for less than the entire principal amount
of this Note, but in that event the principal amount of this Note remaining outstanding after
repurchase must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
B-6
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer;
(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment
in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions of Notes being repurchased.
The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times
and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the
Guarantor and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its
offer. In the event that such third party terminates or defaults its offer, the Company will be
required to make a Change of Control Offer treating the date of such termination or default as
though it were the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event.
At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for repurchase,
the Company shall also deliver an Officers Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted
by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof. A Note shall be deemed to have
been accepted for repurchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or
delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.
Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers
Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Company to
make such offer have been complied with.
The Company and the Guarantors shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder, to the extent those laws
and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a
Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws
or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company and
the Guarantors shall comply with those securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to
have breached their obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes by
virtue of any such conflict.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any one of the following: (1) the direct
or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger,
amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, to one or more Persons, other than to the Parent Guarantor or one of its subsidiaries;
(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Parent Guarantors Board of Directors
is not composed of Continuing Directors (as defined below); (3) the consummation of any transaction
including, without limitation, any merger, amalgamation, arrangement or
B-7
consolidation the result of which is that any Person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the Parent Guarantors Voting Stock (as defined below); (4) the
Parent Guarantor consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates
with, or merges with or into, the Parent Guarantor, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in
which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent Guarantor or of such other Person is
converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction
where the shares of the Parent Guarantors Voting Stock outstanding immediately prior to such
transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the Voting Stock of
the surviving Person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; or (5) the adoption of a
plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Guarantor. For the purposes of this
definition, Person and beneficial owner have the meanings used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act.
Change of Control Triggering Event means the Notes cease to be rated Investment
Grade by both Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the Trigger Period)
commencing on the first public announcement of the Change of Control and ending 60 days following
consummation of such Change of Control, which Trigger Period shall be extended following
consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any of the Rating Agencies has publicly
announced that it is considering a possible ratings change. Unless at least one Rating Agency is
providing a rating for the Notes at the commencement of any Trigger Period, the Notes shall be
deemed to have ceased to be rated Investment Grade during that Trigger Period. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no Change of Control Triggering Event shall be deemed to have occurred in connection
with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been
consummated.
Continuing Directors means, as of any date of determination, any member of the
Parent Guarantors Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Parent Guarantors Board of
Directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Parent
Guarantors Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were
members of the Parent Guarantors Board of Directors at the time of such nomination, election or
appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval by such directors of the Parent Guarantors
proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director.)
Investment Grade means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by
Moodys or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from
any replacement Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Parent Guarantor.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moodys Corporation,
and its successors.
Rating Agencies means (1) each of Moodys and S&P; and (2) if any of the Rating
Agencies ceases to provide rating services to issuers or investors, and no Change of Control
Triggering Event has occurred or is occurring, a nationally recognized statistical rating
organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act that is
selected by the Parent Guarantor (as certified by a resolution of its Board of Directors) as a
replacement for Moodys or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.
B-8
S&P means Standard & Poors Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and its successors.
Voting Stock of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board of Directors of
such Person.
7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees
required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part,
the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a
notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing.
8. Persons Deemed Owners
The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
9. Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the
date of payment of principal and interest, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to
the Company at its request. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only
to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
10. Defeasance
Certain of the Companys and the Guarantors obligations under the Indenture with respect to
the Notes may be terminated if the Company or any of the Guarantors irrevocably deposits with the
Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness on all such Notes, as provided in the Indenture.
11. Amendment, Waiver
The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company, the Parent
Guarantor and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of more than 50% in principal amount of
the Notes at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that, without
the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby, no such supplemental indenture shall,
among other things: (i) reduce the principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must
consent to an amendment; (ii) reduce the rate of, change
B-9
or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest,
on the Notes; (iii) reduce the principal of, change or have the effect of changing the fixed
maturity of the Notes, or change the date on which the Notes may be subject to redemption or
repurchase or reduce the redemption price or repurchase price therefor; (iv) make the Notes payable
in currency other than that stated in the Notes or change the place of payment of the Notes from
that stated in the Notes or in this Indenture; (v) make any change in provisions of this Indenture
protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or
permitting Holders holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes to waive Defaults or Events
of Default; (vi) make any change to or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and
conditions of the obligations of the Guarantors under Article X of the Indenture; (vii) make any
change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or (viii)
make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions. The Indenture also permits the Company,
the Parent Guarantor and the Trustee to enter into one or more supplemental indentures, without the
consent of any Holders of the Notes, to, among other things: (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency; (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes; (iii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; (iv) to evidence and provide for the
acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; (v) to conform the terms of this Indenture, the
Notes and/or the Guarantees to any provision or other description of the Notes or Guarantees, as
the case may be, contained in the Offering Memorandum for the Notes; (vi) to provide for the
assumption by a successor corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company of the
Companys or the Guarantors obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in each case in
compliance with the provisions thereof; (vii) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders (including to secure the Notes, add guarantees with respect
thereto, transfer any property to or with the Trustee, add to the Companys covenants for the
benefit of the Holders, add any additional events of default for the Notes, or surrender any right
or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors) or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any Holder in any material respect; (viii) to provide for the issuance of the
Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the
Initial Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Notes shall be
modified or eliminated, as appropriate, and there will be no registration rights), and which will
be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; (ix) to
provide for the issuance of any Additional Notes; (x) to comply with the rules of any applicable
securities depository; (xi) change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal (or
premium, if any) on Notes in registered form; provided that any such action shall not adversely
affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect; or (xii) supplement any provision of
this Indenture as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the
Notes in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the
interests of any of the Holders in any material respect.
The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes with respect to which any default under the Indenture
shall have occurred and be continuing may, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, waive such past
default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default (1) in the payment of the
principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note, or (2) in respect of a
B-10
covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without
the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.
12. |
|
Defaults and Remedies |
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company are Events of
Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of
such Events of Default.
Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable
indemnity. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes
may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from
Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of
Default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest) if it in good faith determines
that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.
13. No Recourse Against Others
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or the
interest, if any, on this Note, or for any claim based thereon, or upon any obligation, covenant or
agreement of the Company or any of the Guarantors in the Indenture, against any incorporator,
limited partner, shareholder, trustee, director, officer or employee, as such, past, present of
future, of the Company, of any of the Guarantors or of any successor entity to the Company or any
of the Guarantors, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the
enforcement of any assessment of penalty or otherwise; and all such personal liability is expressly
released and waived as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the issuance of this
Note.
14. Authentication
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an
authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the
other side of this Note.
15. Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN
COM (tenants in common), TEN ENT (tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (joint tenants with rights of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (custodian) and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).
16. [CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or other similar numbers to be printed on
the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers and/or
B-11
other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.] [For Notes to be issued with CUSIP or ISIN numbers.]
17. Governing Law
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York.
B-12
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignees Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)
|
|
and irrevocably appoint as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. |
(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program or other signature guarantor program reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
B-13
Exhibit C Form of
Regulation S Certificate
REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(a), (c), (d) and (e) of the Indenture)
|
|
|
To: |
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
Wells Fargo Bank DAPS Reorg
MAC NT303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
Atlanta, Georgia 30328 |
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. [_____]% Senior
Notes
due 2019 (the Notes) |
Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of , 2009 (the Indenture),
among Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. (the Company), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation
S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) are
used herein as so defined.
This certificate relates to US$ principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the
following certificate(s) (the Specified Notes):
CUSIP No(s). [ ]
CERTIFICATE No(s).
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the undersigned) hereby
certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is
acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them
to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the
Owner. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through
DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the
Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the
undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the
Transferee) who will take delivery in the form of a Regulation S Note. In connection
with
C-1
such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in
accordance with Rule 903 or 904 or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable
securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner
hereby further certifies as follows:
1. Rule 903 or 904 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected in accordance with
Rule 903 or 904:
(a) the Owner is not a distributor of the Notes, an affiliate of the Company or of any
such distributor or a person acting on behalf of any of the foregoing;
(b) the offer of the Specified Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
(c) either:
(i) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the
United States or the Owner and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed
that the Transferee was outside the United States, or
(ii) the transaction is being executed in, on or through the facilities of a
designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S) and neither the
Owner nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction has been
prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
(d) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States by or on behalf of
the Owner or any affiliate thereof;
(e) if the Owner is a dealer in Notes or has received a selling concession, fee or
other remuneration in respect of the Specified Notes, and the transfer is to occur during
the Restricted Period, then the requirements of Rule 904(c)(1) have been satisfied; and
(f) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act.
2. Rule 144 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144, the
Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144.
C-2
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is
defined in the second paragraph of this certificate) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or
fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf
of the undersigned must be stated) |
C-3
EXHIBIT D Form of
Rule 144A Certificate
RULE 144A CERTIFICATE
(For transfers pursuant to Sections
2.6(b), (c), (d) and (e) of the Indenture)
|
|
|
To: |
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
Wells Fargo Bank DAPS Reorg
MAC NT303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com |
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.
[________]% Senior Notes due 2019 (the Notes) |
Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of , 2009, (the Indenture),
among Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. (the Company), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as Trustee. Terms used herein and defined in the Indenture or in Regulation
S or Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) are
used herein as so defined.
This certificate relates to US$ principal amount of Notes, which are evidenced by the
following certificate(s) (the Specified Notes):
CUSIP No(s). [ ]
CERTIFICATE No(s).
The person in whose name this certificate is executed below (the undersigned) hereby
certifies that either (i) it is the sole beneficial owner of the Specified Notes or (ii) it is
acting on behalf of all the beneficial owners of the Specified Notes and is duly authorized by them
to do so. Such beneficial owner or owners are referred to herein collectively as the
Owner. If the Specified Notes are represented by a Global Note, they are held through
DTC or an Agent Member in the name of the undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner. If the
Specified Notes are not represented by a Global Note, they are registered in the name of the
Undersigned, as or on behalf of the Owner.
The Owner has requested that the Specified Notes be transferred to a person (the
Transferee) who will take delivery in the form of a Rule 144A Note. In connection with
such transfer, the Owner hereby certifies that, unless such transfer is being effected pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, it is being effected in accordance
with Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act and with all applicable securities laws of the
states of the United States and other jurisdictions. Accordingly, the Owner hereby further
certifies as:
D-1
1. Rule 144A Transfers. If the transfer is being effected in accordance with Rule
144A:
(a) the Specified Notes are being transferred to a person that the Owner and any person acting
on its behalf reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule
144A, acquiring for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer; and
(b) the Owner and any person acting on its behalf have taken reasonable steps to ensure that
the Transferee is aware that the Owner is relying on Rule 144A in connection with the transfer; and
2. Rule 144 Transfers. If the transfer is being effected pursuant to Rule 144, the
Notes are being transferred in a transaction permitted by Rule 144.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company and the Initial Purchasers.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Print the name of the undersigned, as such term is
defined in the second paragraph of this certificate) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
(If the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or
fiduciary, the title of the person signing on behalf
of the undersigned must be stated) |
D-2
Exhibit E
ELECTION FORM
TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF THE HOLDER
ELECTS TO ACCEPT THE CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER
The undersigned hereby irrevocably requests and instructs the Company to repurchase the
relevant Note (or the portion thereof specified below), pursuant to its terms, on the Change of
Control Payment Date specified in the Change of Control Offer, for the Change of Control Payment
specified in the within Note, to the undersigned,
, at
(please print or typewrite name and
address of the undersigned).
For this election to accept the Change of Control Offer to be effective, the Company must
receive, at the address of the Paying Agent set forth below or at such other place or places
of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holder of the relevant Note, either
(i) this Note with this Election Form form duly completed, or (ii) a telegram, telex,
facsimile transmission or a letter from a member of a national securities exchange or the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or a trust company in the
United States setting forth (a) the name of the Holder of the Note, (b) the principal amount
of the Note, (c) the principal amount of the Note to be repurchased, (d) the certificate
number or description of the tenor and terms of the Note, (e) a statement that the option to
elect repurchase is being exercised, and (f) a guarantee stating that the Note to be
repurchased, together with this Election Form duly completed will be received by the Paying
Agent five Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. The address of the
Paying Agent is Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Bank DAPS Reorg, MAC
NT303-121, 608 2nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55479, telephone: (877) 872-4605,
fax: (866) 969-1290 and email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com.
If less than the entire principal amount of the relevant Note is to be repurchased, specify
the portion thereof (which principal amount must be $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in
excess thereof) which the Holder elects to have repurchased:
$ .
Name:
Address:
Telephone Number:
Date:
E-1
Exhibit F
INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE
The undersigned, , being the
of
(the Company) does
hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the Company
as set forth in the adjacent right column opposite their respective names and the signatures
appearing in the far right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the
genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to
be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under
the Indenture dated as of
, 2009 , among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as Trustee.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the
___ day of , 20___.
Name:
Title:
F-1
exv5w1
Exhibit 5.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
King & Spalding LLP |
|
|
1l80 Peachtree Street N.E. |
|
|
Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3521 |
|
|
Phone: 404/ 572-4600 |
|
|
Fax: 404/572-5100 |
|
|
www.kslaw.com |
June 30, 2010
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc.,
One Lithonia Way
Conyers, Georgia 30012
Re: Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to $350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Senior Notes Due 2019
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities
Act) of (a) $350,000,000 principal amount of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the Notes) of Acuity
Brands Lighting, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the Company), to be
issued in exchange for the Companys outstanding 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 pursuant to an
Indenture, dated as of December 8, 2009 (the Indenture), among the Company, as issuer and Acuity
Brands, Inc., parent of the Company (Acuity Brands), and ABL IP Holding LLC (ABL IP Holding and
together with Acuity Brands, the Guarantors), as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as
trustee, and (b) the guarantees (the Guarantees) of each of the Guarantors provided by the
Guarantors pursuant to the Indenture, we, as legal counsel, have examined such corporate records,
certificates and other documents, and such questions of law, as we have considered necessary or
appropriate for the purposes of this opinion. In such review we have assumed the genuineness of
signatures on all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents
of all copies submitted to us as certified, conformed or photographic copies.
Upon the basis of such examination, we advise you that, in our opinion, (1) each of the
Company and Acuity Brands, each a Delaware corporation, and ABL IP Holding, a Georgia limited
liability company, has been duly organized and is an existing entity under the laws of its
respective jurisdiction, (2) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Company and the Guarantors, (3) the Notes have been duly authorized by the Company, (4) the
Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Guarantors, and (5) when the terms of the Notes and the
Guarantees and of their issuance have been duly established in conformity with the Indenture and
the Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the Notes will be validly issued and will constitute valid and legally binding
obligations of the
Guarantors and the Company and the Guarantees will constitute valid and legally binding obligations
of the Guarantors, subject, in each case, to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
June 30, 2010
Page 2
transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or
affecting creditors rights and to general equity principles.
This opinion is limited in all respects to the federal laws of the United States of America,
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Georgia Limited Liability Company Act,
and no opinion is expressed with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction or any effect that
such laws may have on the opinions expressed herein. This opinion is limited to the matters stated
herein, and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein.
We have relied as to certain factual matters on information obtained from public officials,
officers of the Company and the Guarantors and other sources believed by us to be responsible. We
have also assumed the genuineness of all signatures on the Indenture.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
and any reference to us under the heading Legal Matters in the prospectus forming a part of the
Registration Statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sincerely,
|
|
|
/s/ King & Spalding LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv23w4
Exhibit 23.4
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related
Prospectus of Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc., Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP Holding LLC for the
registration and offer to exchange $350 million of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 and the guarantees
thereof of our report dated October 29, 2009 (except for the retrospective adjustment as discussed
in section Pronouncements Retrospectively Adopted of Note 3 and section Earnings Per Share of
Note 6, and Note 16 related to the supplemental guarantor condensed consolidating financial
statements, as to which the date is June 30, 2010) with respect to the consolidated financial
statements and schedule of Acuity Brands, Inc. and of our report dated October 29, 2009 with
respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Acuity Brands, Inc.
included in the Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2010, filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
June 30, 2010
II-11
exv25w1
Exhibit 25.1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
o CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b) (2)
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
A National Banking Association
|
|
94-1347393 |
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
organization if not a U.S. national
|
|
Identification No.) |
bank) |
|
|
|
|
|
101 North Phillips Avenue |
|
|
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
|
|
57104 |
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip code) |
Wells Fargo & Company
Law Department, Trust Section
MAC N9305-175
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17th Floor
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
(612) 667-4608
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
ACUITY BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
58-2632672 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
Additional Registrants
Acuity Brands, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
58-2632672 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
ABL IP Holding LLC
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
58-2632672 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. |
|
|
One Lithonia Way |
|
|
Conyers, Georgia
|
|
30012 |
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip code) |
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019
(Title of the indenture securities)
Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:
|
(a) |
|
Name and address of each examining or supervising
authority to which it is subject. |
|
|
|
|
Comptroller of the Currency
Treasury Department
Washington, D.C.
|
|
|
|
|
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Washington, D.C. |
|
|
|
|
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco
San Francisco, California 94120 |
|
|
(b) |
|
Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust
powers. |
|
|
|
|
The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. |
Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
|
|
|
None with respect to the trustee. |
No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as
provided under Item 13.
Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.
Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 1.
|
|
A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 2.
|
|
A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate
Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
dated February 4, 2004.** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 3.
|
|
See Exhibit 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 4.
|
|
Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.*** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 5.
|
|
Not applicable. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 6.
|
|
The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 7.
|
|
A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published
pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining
authority. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 8.
|
|
Not applicable. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 9.
|
|
Not applicable. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustees Form T-1 filed as
exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of file number 333-130784-06. |
|
** |
|
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustees Form T-1 filed
as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of file number 022-28721. |
|
*** |
|
Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustees Form T-1 filed
as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of file number 333-125274. |
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the
laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Atlanta and State of
Georgia on the 25th day of June, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
|
/s/ Elizabeth T. Wagner
|
|
|
Elizabeth T. Wagner |
|
|
Vice President |
|
EXHIBIT 6
June 25, 2010
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Gentlemen:
In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the
undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal,
State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be
furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request
therefor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
|
/s/ Elizabeth T. Wagner
|
|
|
Elizabeth T. Wagner |
|
|
Vice President |
|
|
Consolidated Report of Condition of
Wells Fargo Bank National Association
of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,
at the close of business March 31, 2010, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar Amounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Millions |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances due from depository institutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,410 |
|
Interest-bearing balances |
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,873 |
|
Securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held-to-maturity securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
Available-for-sale securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
140,265 |
|
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds sold in domestic offices |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,091 |
|
Securities purchased under agreements to resell |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,199 |
|
Loans and lease financing receivables: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and leases held for sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,990 |
|
Loans and leases, net of unearned income |
|
|
706,137 |
|
|
|
|
|
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses |
|
|
21,371 |
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
684,766 |
|
Trading Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,567 |
|
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,244 |
|
Other real estate owned |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,758 |
|
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
536 |
|
Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
121 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,238 |
|
Other intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,750 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,082 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,065,890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In domestic offices |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
718,242 |
|
Noninterest-bearing |
|
|
150,608 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing |
|
|
567,634 |
|
|
|
|
|
In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,329 |
|
Noninterest-bearing |
|
|
1,397 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing |
|
|
83,932 |
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds purchased in domestic offices |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,562 |
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar Amounts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Millions |
|
Trading liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,396 |
|
Other borrowed money
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,783 |
|
Subordinated notes and debentures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,583 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,269 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
939,167 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EQUITY CAPITAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
Common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
520 |
|
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
98,967 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,137 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,440 |
|
Other equity capital components |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total bank equity capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,064 |
|
Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,659 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
126,723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities, and equity capital |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,065,890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of
Condition has been prepared
in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is
true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Howard I. Atkins
EVP & CFO
We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare
that it has been examined by us
and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions
issued by the appropriate
Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Stumpf
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
Carrie Tolstedt |
|
|
|
|
Michael Loughlin |
|
|
|
|
exv99w1
Exhibit 99.1
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE
AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON ,
2010 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE EXPIRATION DATE). TENDERS
MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
THE EXPIRATION DATE.
Acuity Brands Lighting,
Inc.
One Lithonia Way
Conyers, Georgia 30012
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
for
6.00% Senior Notes of Acuity
Brands Lighting, Inc. due 2019
Guaranteed by
Acuity Brands, Inc.
ABL IP Holding LLC
Exchange Agent:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions Only):
612-667-6282
Attn. Bondholder Communications
Confirm by Telephone:
800-344-5128
|
|
|
|
|
By Registered or Certified Mail:
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. Corporate Trust Operations MAC N9303-121 PO Box 1517 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480
|
|
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. Corporate Trust Operations MAC N9303-121 Sixth & Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
|
In Person by Hand Only:
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. 12th Floor Northstar East Building Corporate Trust Operations 608 Second Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
For information on other offices or agencies of the Exchange
Agent where Old
Notes may be presented for exchange, please call the
telephone number listed above.
Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set
forth above does not constitute a valid delivery.
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, INCLUDING THE
INSTRUCTIONS TO THIS LETTER, CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY
BOX BELOW
Capitalized terms used in this Letter of Transmittal and not
defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to
them in the Prospectus.
List in Box 1 below the Old Notes of which you are the holder.
If the space provided in Box 1 is inadequate, list the
certificate numbers and principal amount at maturity of Old
Notes on a separate signed schedule and affix that schedule to
this Letter of Transmittal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOX 1
|
TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Name(s) and Address(es) of
|
|
|
Certificate
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Old Notes
|
Registered Holder(s) (Please fill in if Blank)
|
|
|
Number(s)(1)
|
|
|
Old Notes
|
|
|
Tendered(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered
by book-entry transfer.
|
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount
of Old Notes represented by a certificate or Book-Entry
Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to
have been tendered.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of (i) the Prospectus,
dated ,
2010 (the Prospectus), of Acuity Brands Lighting,
Inc. (the Issuer) and Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP
Holding LLC (together, the Guarantors) and
(ii) this Letter of Transmittal, which may be amended from
time to time (as amended, this Letter), which
together constitute the offer of the Issuer and the Guarantors
(the Exchange Offer) to exchange new 6.00% Senior
Notes due 2019 (the New Notes) that have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act), for a like principal amount of the
Issuers outstanding 6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the
Old Notes). The Old Notes were issued and sold in
transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act.
The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this
Letter to indicate the action he or she desires to take with
respect to the Exchange Offer.
All holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes
must, on or prior to the Expiration Date: (1) complete,
sign, date and mail or otherwise deliver this Letter or a
facsimile of this Letter to the Exchange Agent, in person or at
the address set forth above; and (2) tender his or her Old
Notes or, if a tender of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry
transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The
Depository Trust Company (the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility), confirm such book-entry transfer (a
Book-Entry Confirmation), in accordance with the
procedures for tendering described in the Instructions to this
Letter. Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not
immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their
certificates or Book-Entry Confirmation and all other documents
required by this Letter to be delivered to the Exchange Agent on
or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under
the caption The Exchange Offer Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures in the Prospectus. (See
Instruction 1)
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Letter, or in the
related notice of guaranteed delivery, tenders can only be made
through ATOP by DTC participants and Letters can only be
accepted by means of an Agents Message.
The Instructions included with this Letter must be followed in
their entirety. Questions and requests for assistance or for
additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter may be
directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address listed above.
2
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange
Offer, the undersigned tenders to the Issuer and the Guarantors
the principal amount of Old Notes indicated above. Subject to,
and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes
tendered with this Letter, the undersigned exchanges, assigns
and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer and the
Guarantors, all right, title and interest in and to the Old
Notes tendered.
The undersigned constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as
his or her agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that
the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer and the
Guarantors) with respect to the tendered Old Notes, with full
power of substitution, to: (a) deliver certificates for
such Old Notes; (b) deliver Old Notes and all accompanying
evidence of transfer and authenticity to or upon the order of
the Issuer upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the
undersigneds agent, of the New Notes to which the
undersigned is entitled upon the acceptance by the Issuer and
the Guarantors of the Old Notes tendered under the Exchange
Offer; and (c) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise
all rights of beneficial ownership of the Old Notes, all in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of
attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable
and coupled with an interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she
has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and
transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby and to acquire New Notes
issuable upon exchange of the tendered Old Notes, and that, when
the tendered Old Notes are accepted for exchange, the Issuer and
the Guarantors will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto,
free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and
encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The
undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any
additional documents deemed by the Issuer to be necessary or
desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of
the Old Notes tendered.
The undersigned agrees that acceptance of any tendered Old Notes
by the Issuer and the Guarantors and the issuance of New Notes
in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the
Issuer and Guarantors of their respective obligations under the
registration rights agreement that the Issuer and Guarantors
entered into with the initial purchasers of the Old Notes (the
Registration Rights Agreement) and that, upon the
issuance of the New Notes, the Issuer and Guarantors will have
no further obligations or liabilities under the Registration
Rights Agreement (except in certain limited circumstances). By
tendering Old Notes, the undersigned certifies that (i) any
New Notes received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course
of its business, (ii) it has no arrangement or
understanding with any person or entity to participate in a
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the
New Notes, and (iii) it is not an affiliate
(within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act)
of the Issuer or the Guarantors or, if it is an affiliate (as so
defined) of such persons or a broker-dealer that acquired Old
Notes directly from such persons, it will comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable.
The undersigned acknowledges that, if it is a broker-dealer that
will receive New Notes in exchange for Old Notes that were
acquired for its own account as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. By
so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The undersigned understands that the Issuer and the Guarantors
may accept the undersigneds tender by delivering written
notice of acceptance to the Exchange Agent, at which time the
undersigneds right to withdraw such tender will terminate.
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter
shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and
every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter shall be
binding upon the undersigneds heirs, legal
representatives, successors, assigns, executors and
administrators of the undersigned. Tenders may be withdrawn only
in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Instructions
included with this Letter.
Unless otherwise indicated under Special Delivery
Instructions below, the Exchange Agent will deliver New
Notes (and, if applicable, a certificate for any Old Notes not
tendered but represented by a certificate also encompassing Old
Notes which are tendered) to the undersigned at the address set
forth in Box 1.
3
The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is subject
to the more detailed terms set forth in the Prospectus and, in
case of any conflict between the terms of the Prospectus and
this Letter, the Prospectus shall prevail.
|
|
o |
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE
EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND
COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
|
|
|
Name
of Tendering Institution: |
|
|
|
o |
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED
PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO
THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
|
|
|
Name(s)
of Registered Owner(s): |
|
|
|
Date
of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: |
|
|
|
Window
Ticket Number (if available): |
|
|
|
Name
of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery: |
|
|
|
o |
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE AN AFFILIATE (WITHIN THE
MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE ISSUER
OR THE GUARANTORS.
|
|
|
o |
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER OR AN
AFFILIATE (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS AND WISH TO
RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF
ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
|
4
PLEASE
READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
BOX 2
PLEASE SIGN HERE
WHETHER OR NOT OLD NOTES ARE BEING
PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
|
(Signature(s) of Owner(s)
or Authorized Signatory)
|
|
(Date)
|
|
|
Area Code and Telephone Number: |
|
This box must be signed by registered holder(s) of Old Notes as
their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Old Notes, or by
person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by
endorsement and documents transmitted with this Letter. If
signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian,
officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title
below. (See Instruction 3)
(Please Print)
(Include Zip Code)
|
|
|
Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(If required by Instruction 3)
|
|
(Authorized Signature)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Title)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Name of Firm)
|
5
BOX 3
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3 and 4)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a
principal amount not exchanged, or New Notes, are to be issued
in the name of someone other than the person whose signature
appears in Box 2, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry
transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned
by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility other than the account indicated above.
Issue and deliver:
(check appropriate boxes)
|
|
o
|
Old Notes not tendered
|
|
o
|
New Notes, to:
|
(Please Print)
|
|
TIN or Social Security Number: |
|
6
BOX 4
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3 and 4)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a
principal amount not exchanged, or New Notes, are to be sent to
someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2
or to an address other than that shown in Box 1.
Deliver:
(check appropriate boxes)
|
|
o
|
Old Notes not Tendered
|
|
o
|
New Notes, to:
|
(Please Print)
7
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING
PART OF THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. Delivery of this Letter and
Certificates. Certificates for Old Notes or a
Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a
properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter and any
other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or before the
Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Letter,
certificates for Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the
case may be, and any other required documents is at the election
and risk of the tendering holder, but except as otherwise
provided below, the delivery will be deemed made when actually
received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, the use
of registered mail with return receipt requested, properly
insured, is suggested.
Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately
available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes or a Book-Entry
Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other required
documents to the Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date
may tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such
procedure: (i) tender must be made by or through a bank,
broker, dealer, credit union, savings association or other
entity which is a member in good standing of a recognized
signature medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer
Association Inc., including the Securities Transfer Agents
Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program
(SEMP) and the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP),
or any other eligible guarantor institution within
the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an
Eligible Institution); (ii) on or prior to the
Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by telegram, facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery) (x) setting forth the
name and address of the holder, the names in which the Old Notes
are registered, the principal amount of Old Notes tendered and,
if possible, the certificate numbers of the Old Notes to be
tendered, (y) stating that the tender is being made thereby
and (z) guaranteeing that within three New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery, the Old Notes, in proper form for
transfer, will be delivered by the Eligible Institution together
with this Letter, properly completed and duly executed, and any
other required documents to the Exchange Agent or an
agents message with respect to the guaranteed delivery
that is accepted by the Issuer; and (iii) the certificates
for all tendered Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation or a
properly transmitted agents message, as the case may be,
as well as all other documents required by this Letter, must be
received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery, all as provided in the Prospectus under
the caption The Exchange Offer Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including
time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old
Notes will be determined by the Issuer, whose determination will
be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to
reject any or all tenders that are not in proper form or the
acceptances for exchange of which may, in the opinion of counsel
to the Issuer, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the right
to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any
defects or irregularities in tenders of any particular holder of
Old Notes whether or not similar defects or irregularities are
waived in the cases of other holders of Old Notes. All tendering
holders, by execution of this Letter, waive any right to receive
notice of acceptance of their Old Notes.
None of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Exchange Agent nor any
other person shall be obligated to give notice of defects or
irregularities in any tender, nor shall any of them incur any
liability for failure to give any such notice.
2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals. If less
than the entire principal amount of any Old Note evidenced by a
submitted certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation is
tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount
tendered in the fourth column of Box 1 above. All of the Old
Notes represented by a certificate or by a Book-Entry
Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to
have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. A certificate for
Old Notes not tendered will be sent to the holder, unless
otherwise provided in Box 4, as soon as practicable after the
Expiration Date, in the event that less than the entire
principal amount of Old Notes represented by a submitted
certificate is tendered (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered
by book-entry transfer, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be
credited to an account maintained by the holder with the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility).
8
A tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any
time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. To be effective with respect to the tender of
Old Notes, a written or facsimile transmission notice of
withdrawal must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at
its address set forth above before 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date; (ii) specify the person named
in the applicable letter of transmittal as having tendered Old
Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) indentify the Old Notes to be
withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers or, in
the case of Old Notes transferred through the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility, the name and number of the account to be
credited; (iv) specify the principal amount of Old Notes to
be withdrawn, which must be an authorized denomination;
(v) state that the holder is withdrawing its election to
have those Old Notes exchanged; (vi) state the name of the
registered holder of those Old Notes; and (vii) be signed
by the holder in the same manner as the signature on the
applicable letter of transmittal, including any required
signature guarantees, or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory
to the Issuer that the person withdrawing the tender has
succeeded to the beneficial ownership of the Old Notes being
withdrawn.
3. Signatures on this Letter; Assignments; Guarantee of
Signatures. If this Letter is signed by the
holder(s) of Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must
correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the
certificate(s) for such Old Notes, without alteration,
enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are owned by two or more
joint owners, all owners must sign this Letter. If any tendered
Old Notes are held in different names on several certificates,
it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many
separate copies of this Letter as there are names in which
certificates are held.
If this Letter is signed by the holder of record and
(i) the entire principal amount of the holders Old
Notes are tendered;
and/or
(ii) untendered Old Notes, if any, are to be issued to the
holder of record, then the holder of record need not endorse any
certificates for tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate bond
power. If any other case, the holder of record must transmit a
separate bond power with this Letter.
If this Letter or any certificate or assignment is signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in
a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so
indicate when signing and proper evidence satisfactory to the
Issuer of their authority to so act must be submitted, unless
waived by the Issuer.
Signatures on this Letter must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution, unless Old Notes are tendered: (i) by a holder
who has not completed the Box entitled Special Issuance
Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions
on this Letter; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible
Institution. In the event that the signatures in this Letter or
a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be
guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an Eligible Institution
which is a member of The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion
Program (STAMP), The New York Stock Exchanges Medallion
Signature Program (MSP) or The Stock Exchanges Medallion Program
(SEMP). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person
other than the signer of this Letter, the Old Notes surrendered
for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written
instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in
satisfactory form as determined by the Issuer, in its sole
discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the
signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
4. Special Issuance and Delivery
Instructions. Tendering holders should indicate,
in Box 3 or 4, as applicable, the name and address to which the
New Notes or certificates for Old Notes not exchanged are to be
issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the
person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a
different name, the tax identification number of the person
named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Old Notes by
book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not exchanged be
credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility as such holder may designate.
5. Transfer Taxes. The Issuer
and/or the
Guarantors will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to
the transfer of Old Notes to them or their order pursuant to the
Exchange Offer. If, however, the New Notes or certificates for
Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be
issued in the name of, any person other than the record holder,
or if tendered certificates are recorded in the name of any
person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a
transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer
of Old Notes to the Issuer and the Guarantors or their order
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of such transfer
taxes (whether imposed on the record holder or any other person)
will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory
evidence of payment of taxes or exemption from taxes is not
submitted with this Letter, the amount of transfer taxes will be
billed directly to the tendering holder.
9
Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be
necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the
certificates listed in this Letter.
6. Waiver of Conditions. The Issuer
reserves the absolute right to amend or waive any of the
specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any
Old Notes tendered.
7. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed
Certificates. Any holder whose certificates for
Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should
contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for
further instructions.
8. Requests for Assistance or Additional
Copies. Questions relating to the procedure for
tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the
Prospectus or this Letter, may be directed to the Exchange Agent.
IMPORTANT: This Letter (together with certificates
representing tendered Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation and
all other required documents) must be received by the Exchange
Agent on or before the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer (as
described in the Prospectus).
10
exv99w2
Exhibit 99.2
ACUITY
BRANDS LIGHTING, INC.
Exchange
Offer
to holders of its
6.00%
Senior Notes due 2019
NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY
As set forth in (i) the Prospectus,
dated ,
2010 (the Prospectus), of Acuity Brands Lighting,
Inc. (the Issuer) and Acuity Brands, Inc. and ABL IP
Holding LLC (together, the Guarantors) under
The Exchange Offer Exchange Offer
Procedures and (ii) the Letter of Transmittal (the
Letter of Transmittal) relating to the offer by the
Issuer and the Guarantors to exchange up to $350,000,000 in
principal amount of the Issuers new 6.00% Senior Notes due
2019 for $350,000,000 in principal amount of the Issuers
6.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the Old Notes), which
Old Notes were issued and sold in transactions exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to
accept the offer of the Issuer and the Guarantors if:
(i) certificates for the Old Notes are not immediately
available or (ii) time will not permit all required
documents to reach the Exchange Agent (as defined below) on or
prior to the expiration date of the Exchange Offer (as defined
below and as described in the Prospectus). Such form may be
delivered by telegram, facsimile transmission, mail or hand to
the Exchange Agent.
To: Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association (the Exchange
Agent)
By
Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions Only):
612-667-6282
Attn. Bondholder Communications
Confirm
by Telephone:
800-344-5128
|
|
|
|
|
By Registered or Certified Mail:
|
|
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:
|
|
In Person by Hand Only:
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
PO Box 1517
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
Sixth & Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
12th
Floor Northstar East Building
Corporate Trust Operations
608 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
For
information on other offices or agencies of the Exchange Agent
where Old Notes may be presented for exchange, please call the
telephone number listed above.
Delivery
of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above
or as indicated upon contacting the Exchange Agent at the
telephone number set forth above, or transmittal of this
instrument to a facsimile number other than as set forth above
or as indicated upon contacting the Exchange Agent at the
telephone number set forth above, does not constitute a valid
delivery.
Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or in
the related Letter of Transmittal, tenders can only be made
through ATOP by DTC participants and Letters of Transmittal can
only be accepted by means of an Agents Message.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer and the Guarantors,
upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and
the Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the
Exchange Offer), receipt of which are hereby
acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in the
Prospectus under the caption The Exchange
Offer Guaranteed Delivery Procedures and the
Letter of Transmittal.
All the authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in
this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors,
assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in
bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and
shall not be affected by, and shall survive the death or
incapacity of, the undersigned.
|
|
|
|
|
Sign Here
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount of Old Notes
Tendered:
|
|
Signature(s):
|
|
|
|
Certificate Nos. (if available):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please Print the Following Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name(s):
|
Total Principal Amount Represented by Old
Notes Certificate(s):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address(es):
|
|
|
|
Account Number:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Area Code and Tel. No(s).:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name(s) in which Old Notes Registered:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Must be signed by the holder(s) of Outstanding Notes as their
names(s) appear(s) on certificates for Outstanding Notes or on a
security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become
registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted
with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact,
officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.
2
GUARANTEE
The undersigned, a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings
association or other entity which is a member in good standing
of a recognized signature medallion program approved by the
Securities Transfer Association Inc., including the Securities
Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange
Medallion Program (SEMP) and the New York Stock Exchange
Medallion Program (MSP), or any other eligible guarantor
institution within the meaning of
Rule 17Ad-15
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby
guarantees delivery to the Exchange Agent of certificates
tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or delivery of
such certificates pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer, in either case with delivery of a properly completed
and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof)
and any other required documents, is being made within three New
York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of
a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery of the above-named person.
|
|
Number and Street or P.O. Box: |
|
|
|
City: |
State:
Zip Code:
|
3